mirror of
https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs.git
synced 2025-06-24 14:53:44 +00:00
Latest updates for issues content (#379)
* Updated deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md * Updated deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md * Updated deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md * updates for new vdi stuff * Adding important note to solve #3493 * Update windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-hybrid-key-whfb-settings-dir-sync.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * Typo "<"→"<", ">"→">" https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/application-management/manage-windows-mixed-reality * Issue #2297 * Update windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-identity-verification.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * Clarification * Update windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-identity-verification.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * Update windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-identity-verification.md Co-Authored-By: Trond B. Krokli <38162891+illfated@users.noreply.github.com> * update troubleshoot-np.md * update configure-endpoints-gp.md * Removing a part which is not supported * Name change * update troubleshoot-np.md * removed on-premises added -hello * Added link into Domain controller guide * Line corections * corrected formatting of xml code samples When viewing the page in Win 10/Edge, the xml code samples stretched across the page, running into the side menu. The lack of line breaks also made it hard to read. This update adds line breaks and syntax highlighting, replaces curly double quotes with standard double quotes, and adds a closing tag for <appv:appconnectiongroup>for each code sample * Update windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-identity-verification.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * Update windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * Update windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * corrected formating of XML examples The XML samples here present the same formatting problems as in about-the-connection-group-file51.md (see https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs/pull/3847/) Perhaps we should open an issue to see if we have more versions of this code sample in the docs * corrected formatting of XML example section In the XML example on this page, the whitespace had been stripped out, so there were no spaces between adjacent attribute values or keys. This made it hard to read, though the original formatting allowed for a scroll bar, so the text was not running into the side of the page (compare to https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs/pull/3847 and https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs/pull/3850, where the uncorrected formatting forced the text to run into the side menu). * update configure-endpoints-gp.md * Fixed error in registry path and improved description * Update windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-hybrid-key-whfb-settings-dir-sync.md Co-Authored-By: Trond B. Krokli <38162891+illfated@users.noreply.github.com> * Removing extra line in 25 Suggested by * update windows-analytics-azure-portal.md * re: broken links, credential-guard-considerations Context: * #3513, MVA is being retired and producing broken links * #3860 Microsoft Virtual Academy video links This page contains two links to deprecated video content on Microsoft Virtual Academy (MVA). MVA is being retired. In addition, the Deep Dive course the two links point to is already retired, and no replacement course exists. I removed the first link, as I could not find a similar video available describing which credentials are covered by credential guard. I replaced the second link with a video containing similar material, though it is not a "deep dive". Suggestions on handling this problem, as many pages contain similar links, would be appreciated,. * removed link to retired video re: #3867 Context: * #3513, MVA is being retired and producing broken links * #3867, Microsoft Virtual Academy video links This page contains a broken link to deprecated video content on Microsoft Virtual Academy (MVA). MVA is being retired. In addition, the Deep Dive course is already retired, and no replacement course exists. I removed the whole _See Also_ section, as I could not find a video narrowly or deeply addressing how to protect privelaged users with Credential Guard. The most likely candidate is too short and general: https://www.linkedin.com/learning/cism-cert-prep-1-information-security-governance/privileged-account-management * addressing broken mva links, #3817 Context: * #3513, MVA is being retired and producing broken links * #3817, Another broken link This page contains two links to deprecated video content on Microsoft Virtual Academy (MVA). MVA is being retired. In addition, the Deep Dive course the two links point to is already retired, and no replacement course exists. I removed the first link, as we no longer have a video with similar content for a similar audience. The most likely candidate is https://www.linkedin.com/learning/programming-foundations-web-security-2/types-of-credential-attacks, which is more general and for a less technical audience. I removed the second link and the _See Also_ section, as I could not find a similar video narrowly focused on which credentials are covered by Credential Guard. Most of the related material available now describes how to perform a task. * Update deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md * typo fix re: #3876; DMSA -> DSMA * Addressing dead MVA links, #3818 This page, like its fellows in the mva-links label, contains links to a retired video course on a website that is retiring soon. The links listed by the user in issue #3818 were also on several other pages, related to Credentials Guard. These links were addressed in the pull requests #3875, #3872, and #3871 Credentials threat & lateral threat link: removed (see PR #3875 for reasoning) Virtualization link: replaced (see #3871 for reasoning) Credentials protected link: removed (see #3872 for reasoning) * Adding notes for known issue in script Solves #3869 * Updated the download link admx files Windows 10 Added link for April 2018 and Oct 2018 ADMX files. * added event logs path Referenced : https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-exploit-guard/event-views-exploit-guard * Update browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md Suggestions applied. Co-Authored-By: JohanFreelancer9 <48568725+JohanFreelancer9@users.noreply.github.com> * Update browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md Co-Authored-By: JohanFreelancer9 <48568725+JohanFreelancer9@users.noreply.github.com> * Update deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md * screenshot update * Add files via upload * update 4 scrrenshots * Update deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md * Update browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * Update browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md Co-Authored-By: Nicole Turner <39884432+nenonix@users.noreply.github.com> * Re: #3909 Top link is broken, #3909 > The link here does not work: > Applies to: Microsoft Defender Advanced Threat Protection (Microsoft Defender ATP) The link to the pdf describing MDATP was broken. Thankfully, PR #2897 updated the same link in another page some time ago, so I didn't have to go hunting for an equivalent * CI Update * Updated as per task 3405344 * Updated author * Update windows-analytics-azure-portal.md * added the example query * Updated author fields * Update office-csp.md * update video for testing * update video * Update surface-hub-site-readiness-guide.md line 134 Fixed video link MD formatting * fixing video url * updates from Albert * Bulk replaced author to manikadhiman * Bulk replaced ms.author to v-madhi * Latest content is published (#371) * Added 1903 policy DDF link and fixed a typo * Reverted the DDF version * Latest update (#375) * Update deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md * Update deployment-vdi-windows-defender-antivirus.md
This commit is contained in:
@ -160,10 +160,9 @@ New or changed topic | Description
|
||||
|
||||
## October 2017
|
||||
|
||||
New or changed topic | Description
|
||||
--- | ---
|
||||
[Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md) | Added that Microsoft Edge is not supported for assigned access | Removed **Guidelines for using Remote Desktop app**; the behavior for Remote Desktop has changed so that it's no longer necessary to turn off **Start connections in full screen** for assigned access.
|
||||
|
||||
| New or changed topic | Description |
|
||||
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md) | Added that Microsoft Edge is not supported for assigned access |
|
||||
|
||||
## RELEASE: Windows 10, version 1709
|
||||
|
||||
@ -176,6 +175,7 @@ The topics in this library have been updated for Windows 10, version 1709 (also
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## September 2017
|
||||
|
||||
|New or changed topic | Description|
|
||||
|--- | ---|
|
||||
|[Beginning your General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) journey for Windows 10](gdpr-win10-whitepaper.md)|New conceptual info about Windows 10 and the upcoming GDPR-compliance requirements.|
|
||||
@ -191,6 +191,7 @@ The topics in this library have been updated for Windows 10, version 1709 (also
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## July 2017
|
||||
|
||||
| New or changed topic | Description |
|
||||
| --- | --- |
|
||||
|[Windows 10, version 1703 Diagnostic Data](windows-diagnostic-data-1703.md)|Updated categories and included diagnostic data.|
|
||||
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ These policy settings are available in **Administrative Templates\\Start Menu an
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left">Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use this policy in conjunction with a [customized Start layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md) to prevent users from changing it</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use this policy in conjunction with a <a href="windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md" data-raw-source="[customized Start layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)">customized Start layout</a> to prevent users from changing it</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left">Prevent users from uninstalling applications from Start</td>
|
||||
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ These policy settings are available in **Administrative Templates\\Start Menu an
|
||||
<td align="left">Start Layout</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This applies a specific Start layout, and it also prevents users from changing the layout. This policy can be configured in <strong>User Configuration</strong> or <strong>Computer Configuration</strong>.</p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</div></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ These policy settings are available in **Administrative Templates\\Start Menu an
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## <a href="" id="deprecated-group-policy-settings-for-start-"></a>Deprecated Group Policy settings for Start
|
||||
|
||||
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ The Start policy settings listed below do not work on Windows 10. Most of them
|
||||
| Remove user folder link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
||||
| Remove Videos link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ If you specify an app to be pinned that is not provisioned for the user on the c
|
||||
The order of apps in the XML file dictates the order of pinned apps on the taskbar from left to right, to the right of any existing apps pinned by the user.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> In operating systems configured to use a right-to-left language, the taskbar order will be reversed.
|
||||
> In operating systems configured to use a right-to-left language, the taskbar order will be reversed.
|
||||
|
||||
The following example shows how apps will be pinned: Windows default apps to the left (blue circle), apps pinned by the user in the center (orange triangle), and apps that you pin using the XML file to the right (green square).
|
||||
|
||||
@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ The following example shows how apps will be pinned: Windows default apps to the
|
||||
In the layout modification XML file, you will need to add entries for applications in the XML markup. In order to pin an application, you need either its AUMID or Desktop Application Link Path.
|
||||
|
||||
The easiest way to find this data for an application is to:
|
||||
1. Pin the application to the Start menu on a reference or testing PC.
|
||||
2. Open Windows PowerShell and run the `Export-StartLayout` cmdlet.
|
||||
3. Open the generated XML file.
|
||||
4. Look for an entry corresponding to the app you pinned.
|
||||
5. Look for a property labeled `AppUserModelID` or `DesktopApplicationLinkPath`.
|
||||
1. Pin the application to the Start menu on a reference or testing PC.
|
||||
2. Open Windows PowerShell and run the `Export-StartLayout` cmdlet.
|
||||
3. Open the generated XML file.
|
||||
4. Look for an entry corresponding to the app you pinned.
|
||||
5. Look for a property labeled `AppUserModelID` or `DesktopApplicationLinkPath`.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Sample taskbar configuration XML file
|
||||
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ The easiest way to find this data for an application is to:
|
||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
##Keep default apps and add your own
|
||||
## Keep default apps and add your own
|
||||
|
||||
The `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>` section will append listed apps to the taskbar by default. The following sample keeps the default apps pinned and adds pins for Paint, Microsoft Reader, and a command prompt.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ The `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>` section will append listed apps to the tas
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
**After:**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
## Remove default apps and add your own
|
||||
@ -172,7 +172,6 @@ If you only want to remove some of the default pinned apps, you would use this m
|
||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
**Before:**
|
||||
|
||||
@ -203,7 +202,6 @@ By adding `PinListPlacement="Replace"` to `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>`, you
|
||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Configure taskbar by country or region
|
||||
@ -248,7 +246,6 @@ The following example shows you how to configure taskbars by country or region.
|
||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
When the preceding example XML file is applied, the resulting taskbar for computers in the US or UK:
|
||||
|
@ -25,24 +25,24 @@ This scenario turns on Azure AD and let's your employee use Cortana to manage an
|
||||
## Turn on Azure AD
|
||||
This process helps you to sign out of a Microsoft Account and to sign into an Azure AD account.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, click the **Notebook**, and then click **About Me**.
|
||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, click the **Notebook**, and then click **About Me**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Click your email address.
|
||||
2. Click your email address.
|
||||
|
||||
A dialog box appears, showing the associated account info.
|
||||
A dialog box appears, showing the associated account info.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Click your email address again, and then click **Sign out**.
|
||||
3. Click your email address again, and then click **Sign out**.
|
||||
|
||||
This signs out the Microsoft account, letting you continue to add and use the Azure AD account.
|
||||
This signs out the Microsoft account, letting you continue to add and use the Azure AD account.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Click the **Search** box and then the **Notebook** icon in the left rail. This will start the sign-in request.
|
||||
4. Click the **Search** box and then the **Notebook** icon in the left rail. This will start the sign-in request.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Click **Sign-In** and follow the instructions.
|
||||
5. Click **Sign-In** and follow the instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
6. When you’re asked to sign in, you’ll need to choose an Azure AD account, which will look like kelliecarlson@contoso.com.
|
||||
6. When you’re asked to sign in, you’ll need to choose an Azure AD account, which will look like kelliecarlson@contoso.com.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>If there’s no Azure AD account listed, you’ll need to go to **Windows Settings > Accounts > Email & app accounts**, and then click **Add a work or school account** to add it.
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>If there’s no Azure AD account listed, you’ll need to go to **Windows Settings > Accounts > Email & app accounts**, and then click **Add a work or school account** to add it.
|
||||
|
||||
## Use Cortana to manage the notebook content
|
||||
This process helps you to manage the content Cortana shows in your Notebook.
|
||||
|
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ When [a partial Start layout](#configure-a-partial-start-layout) is applied, the
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>Partial Start layout is only supported on Windows 10, version 1511 and later.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can deploy the resulting .xml file to devices using one of the following methods:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ This topic describes how to update Group Policy settings to display a customized
|
||||
>[!WARNING]
|
||||
>When a full Start layout is applied with this method, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from Start. Users can view and open all apps in the **All Apps** view, but they cannot pin any apps to Start. When a partial Start layout is applied, the contents of the specified tile groups cannot be changed, but users can move those groups, and can also create and customize their own groups. When you apply a taskbar layout, users will still be able to pin and unpin apps, and change the order of pinned apps.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Before you begin**: [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>To learn how customize Start to include your line-of-business apps when you deploy Windows 10, see [Customize the Windows 10 Start layout]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620863).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-domaingpodeployment"></a>Use Group Policy to apply a customized Start layout in a domain
|
||||
|
||||
@ -89,32 +89,32 @@ This procedure adds the customized Start and taskbar layout to the user configur
|
||||
|
||||
**To configure Start Layout policy settings in Local Group Policy Editor**
|
||||
|
||||
1. On the test computer, press the Windows key, type **gpedit**, and then select **Edit group policy (Control panel)**.
|
||||
1. On the test computer, press the Windows key, type **gpedit**, and then select **Edit group policy (Control panel)**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** >**Start Menu and Taskbar**.
|
||||
2. Go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** >**Start Menu and Taskbar**.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
3. Right-click **Start Layout** in the right pane, and click **Edit**.
|
||||
3. Right-click **Start Layout** in the right pane, and click **Edit**.
|
||||
|
||||
This opens the **Start Layout** policy settings.
|
||||
This opens the **Start Layout** policy settings.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
4. Enter the following settings, and then click **OK**:
|
||||
4. Enter the following settings, and then click **OK**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Select **Enabled**.
|
||||
1. Select **Enabled**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Under **Options**, specify the path to the .xml file that contains the Start and taskbar layout. For example, type **C:\\Users\\Test01\\StartScreenMarketing.xml**.
|
||||
2. Under **Options**, specify the path to the .xml file that contains the Start and taskbar layout. For example, type **C:\\Users\\Test01\\StartScreenMarketing.xml**.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optionally, enter a comment to identify the Start and taskbar layout.
|
||||
3. Optionally, enter a comment to identify the Start and taskbar layout.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>If you disable Start Layout policy settings that have been in effect and then re-enable the policy, users will not be able to make changes to Start, however the layout in the .xml file will not be reapplied unless the file has been updated. In Windows PowerShell, you can update the timestamp on a file by running the following command:
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> If you disable Start Layout policy settings that have been in effect and then re-enable the policy, users will not be able to make changes to Start, however the layout in the .xml file will not be reapplied unless the file has been updated. In Windows PowerShell, you can update the timestamp on a file by running the following command:
|
||||
>
|
||||
> `(ls <path>).LastWriteTime = Get-Date`
|
||||
|
||||
>`(ls <path>).LastWriteTime = Get-Date`
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-updatestartscreenlayout"></a>Update a customized Start layout
|
||||
|
||||
@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ After you use Group Policy to apply a customized Start and taskbar layout on a c
|
||||
- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
||||
- [Customize Windows 10 Start and tasbkar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
||||
- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ In Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, you can us
|
||||
>[!WARNING]
|
||||
>When a full Start layout is applied with this method, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from Start. Users can view and open all apps in the **All Apps** view, but they cannot pin any apps to Start. When a partial Start layout is applied, the contents of the specified tile groups cannot be changed, but users can move those groups, and can also create and customize their own groups.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-howstartscreencontrolworks"></a>How Start layout control works
|
||||
|
||||
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Two features enable Start layout control:
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](https://docs.microsoft.com/powershell/module/startlayout/import-startlayout) cmdlet.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- In Microsoft Intune, you select the Start layout XML file and add it to a device configuration profile.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ For other MDM solutions, you may need to use an OMA-URI setting for Start layout
|
||||
- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
||||
- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
||||
- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
|
||||
- [Customize Windows 10 Start and tasbkar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
||||
- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
|
||||
"files": [
|
||||
"**/*.png",
|
||||
"**/*.jpg",
|
||||
"**/*.gif"
|
||||
"**/*.gif"
|
||||
],
|
||||
"exclude": [
|
||||
"**/obj/**",
|
||||
@ -31,24 +31,24 @@
|
||||
"overwrite": [],
|
||||
"externalReference": [],
|
||||
"globalMetadata": {
|
||||
"uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-WindowsIT",
|
||||
"breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
|
||||
"ms.technology": "windows",
|
||||
"ms.topic": "article",
|
||||
"ms.author": "jdecker",
|
||||
"feedback_system": "GitHub",
|
||||
"feedback_github_repo": "MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs",
|
||||
"feedback_product_url": "https://support.microsoft.com/help/4021566/windows-10-send-feedback-to-microsoft-with-feedback-hub-app",
|
||||
"_op_documentIdPathDepotMapping": {
|
||||
"./": {
|
||||
"depot_name": "MSDN.win-configuration",
|
||||
"folder_relative_path_in_docset": "./"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
},
|
||||
"uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-WindowsIT",
|
||||
"breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
|
||||
"ms.technology": "windows",
|
||||
"ms.topic": "article",
|
||||
"ms.author": "jdecker",
|
||||
"feedback_system": "GitHub",
|
||||
"feedback_github_repo": "MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs",
|
||||
"feedback_product_url": "https://support.microsoft.com/help/4021566/windows-10-send-feedback-to-microsoft-with-feedback-hub-app",
|
||||
"_op_documentIdPathDepotMapping": {
|
||||
"./": {
|
||||
"depot_name": "MSDN.win-configuration",
|
||||
"folder_relative_path_in_docset": "./"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
},
|
||||
"fileMetadata": {},
|
||||
"template": [],
|
||||
"dest": "win-configuration",
|
||||
"markdownEngineName": "dfm"
|
||||
"markdownEngineName": "markdig"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ manager: dansimp
|
||||
|
||||
**Applies to**
|
||||
|
||||
- Windows 10
|
||||
- Windows 10
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can use assigned access to restrict customers at your business to using only one Windows app so your device acts like a kiosk. Administrators can use assigned access to restrict a selected user account to access a single Windows app. You can choose almost any Windows app for assigned access; however, some apps may not provide a good user experience.
|
||||
@ -76,22 +76,22 @@ Enable Home Button | Show a Home button in Kiosk Browser. Home will return the b
|
||||
Enable Navigation Buttons | Show forward and back buttons in Kiosk Browser.
|
||||
Restart on Idle Time | Specify when Kiosk Browser should restart in a fresh state after an amount of idle time since the last user interaction.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
|
||||
>
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
|
||||
>
|
||||
> 1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
>2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18).
|
||||
>3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com).
|
||||
>4. Save the XML file.
|
||||
>5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
>6. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
>[!TIP]
|
||||
>To enable the **End Session** button for Kiosk Browser in Intune, you must [create a custom OMA-URI policy](https://docs.microsoft.com/intune/custom-settings-windows-10) with the following information:
|
||||
>- OMA-URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/KioskBrowser/EnableEndSessionButton
|
||||
>- Data type: Integer
|
||||
>- Value: 1
|
||||
> 2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18).
|
||||
> 3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com).
|
||||
> 4. Save the XML file.
|
||||
> 5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
> 6. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
|
||||
>
|
||||
>
|
||||
> [!TIP]
|
||||
> To enable the **End Session** button for Kiosk Browser in Intune, you must [create a custom OMA-URI policy](https://docs.microsoft.com/intune/custom-settings-windows-10) with the following information:
|
||||
> - OMA-URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/KioskBrowser/EnableEndSessionButton
|
||||
> - Data type: Integer
|
||||
> - Value: 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### Rules for URLs in Kiosk Browser settings
|
||||
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Additional guidelines for URLs:
|
||||
|
||||
The following table describes the results for different combinations of blocked URLs and blocked URL exceptions.
|
||||
|
||||
Blocked URL rule | Block URL exception rule | Result
|
||||
Blocked URL rule | Block URL exception rule | Result
|
||||
--- | --- | ---
|
||||
`*` | `contoso.com`<br>`fabrikam.com` | All requests are blocked unless it is to contoso.com, fabrikam.com, or any of their subdomains.
|
||||
`contoso.com` | `mail.contoso.com`<br>`.contoso.com`<br>`.www.contoso.com` | Block all requests to contoso.com, except for the main page and its mail subdomain.
|
||||
@ -125,18 +125,19 @@ Blocked URL rule | Block URL exception rule | Result
|
||||
|
||||
The following table gives examples for blocked URLs.
|
||||
|
||||
Entry | Result
|
||||
--- | ---
|
||||
`contoso.com` | Blocks all requests to contoso.com, www.contoso.com, and sub.www.contoso.com
|
||||
`https://*` | Blocks all HTTPS requests to any domain.
|
||||
`mail.contoso.com` | Blocks requests to mail.contoso.com but not to www.contoso.com or contoso.com
|
||||
`.contoso.com` | Blocks contoso.com but not its subdomains, like subdomain.contoso.com.
|
||||
`.www.contoso.com` | Blocks www.contoso.com but not its subdomains.
|
||||
`*` | Blocks all requests except for URLs in the Blocked URL Exceptions list.
|
||||
`*:8080` | Blocks all requests to port 8080.
|
||||
`contoso.com/stuff` | Blocks all requests to contoso.com/stuff and its subdomains.
|
||||
`192.168.1.2` | Blocks requests to 192.168.1.2.
|
||||
`youtube.com/watch?v=V1` | Blocks youtube video with id V1.
|
||||
|
||||
| Entry | Result |
|
||||
|--------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `contoso.com` | Blocks all requests to contoso.com, www.contoso.com, and sub.www.contoso.com |
|
||||
| `https://*` | Blocks all HTTPS requests to any domain. |
|
||||
| `mail.contoso.com` | Blocks requests to mail.contoso.com but not to www.contoso.com or contoso.com |
|
||||
| `.contoso.com` | Blocks contoso.com but not its subdomains, like subdomain.contoso.com. |
|
||||
| `.www.contoso.com` | Blocks www.contoso.com but not its subdomains. |
|
||||
| `*` | Blocks all requests except for URLs in the Blocked URL Exceptions list. |
|
||||
| `*:8080` | Blocks all requests to port 8080. |
|
||||
| `contoso.com/stuff` | Blocks all requests to contoso.com/stuff and its subdomains. |
|
||||
| `192.168.1.2` | Blocks requests to 192.168.1.2. |
|
||||
| `youtube.com/watch?v=V1` | Blocks youtube video with id V1. |
|
||||
|
||||
### Other browsers
|
||||
|
||||
@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ You can create your own web browser Windows app by using the WebView class. Lear
|
||||
- [Creating your own browser with HTML and JavaScript](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2015/08/27/creating-your-own-browser-with-html-and-javascript/)
|
||||
- [WebView class](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/apps/windows.ui.xaml.controls.webview.aspx)
|
||||
- [A web browser built with JavaScript as a Windows app](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/JSBrowser/tree/v1.0)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Secure your information
|
||||
@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ The above guidelines may help you select or develop an appropriate Windows app f
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -69,30 +69,30 @@ In addition to the settings in the table, you may want to set up **automatic log
|
||||
|
||||
**How to edit the registry to have an account sign in automatically**
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open Registry Editor (regedit.exe).
|
||||
1. Open Registry Editor (regedit.exe).
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>If you are not familiar with Registry Editor, [learn how to modify the Windows registry](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615002).
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>If you are not familiar with Registry Editor, [learn how to modify the Windows registry](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615002).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Go to
|
||||
2. Go to
|
||||
|
||||
**HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon**
|
||||
**HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon**
|
||||
|
||||
3. Set the values for the following keys.
|
||||
3. Set the values for the following keys.
|
||||
|
||||
- *AutoAdminLogon*: set value as **1**.
|
||||
- *AutoAdminLogon*: set value as **1**.
|
||||
|
||||
- *DefaultUserName*: set value as the account that you want signed in.
|
||||
- *DefaultUserName*: set value as the account that you want signed in.
|
||||
|
||||
- *DefaultPassword*: set value as the password for the account.
|
||||
- *DefaultPassword*: set value as the password for the account.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> If *DefaultUserName* and *DefaultPassword* aren't there, add them as **New** > **String Value**.
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> If *DefaultUserName* and *DefaultPassword* aren't there, add them as **New** > **String Value**.
|
||||
|
||||
- *DefaultDomainName*: set value for domain, only for domain accounts. For local accounts, do not add this key.
|
||||
- *DefaultDomainName*: set value for domain, only for domain accounts. For local accounts, do not add this key.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Close Registry Editor. The next time the computer restarts, the account will sign in automatically.
|
||||
4. Close Registry Editor. The next time the computer restarts, the account will sign in automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!TIP]
|
||||
>You can also configure automatic sign-in [using the Autologon tool from Sysinternals](https://docs.microsoft.com/sysinternals/downloads/autologon).
|
||||
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ The following table describes some features that have interoperability issues we
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>Accessibility</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Assigned access does not change Ease of Access settings.</p>
|
||||
<p>We recommend that you use [Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) to block the following key combinations that bring up accessibility features:</p>
|
||||
<p>We recommend that you use <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter" data-raw-source="[Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter)">Keyboard Filter</a> to block the following key combinations that bring up accessibility features:</p>
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ The following table describes some features that have interoperability issues we
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Assigned access Windows PowerShell cmdlets</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>In addition to using the Windows UI, you can use the Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set or clear assigned access. For more information, see [Assigned access Windows PowerShell reference](https://docs.microsoft.com/powershell/module/assignedaccess/?view=win10-ps).</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>In addition to using the Windows UI, you can use the Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set or clear assigned access. For more information, see <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/powershell/module/assignedaccess/?view=win10-ps" data-raw-source="[Assigned access Windows PowerShell reference](https://docs.microsoft.com/powershell/module/assignedaccess/?view=win10-ps)">Assigned access Windows PowerShell reference</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>Key sequences blocked by assigned access</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>When in assigned access, some key combinations are blocked for assigned access users.</p>
|
||||
<p>Alt+F4, Alt+Shift+TaB, Alt+Tab are not blocked by Assigned Access, it is recommended you use [Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) to block these key combinations.</p>
|
||||
<p>Ctrl+Alt+Delete is the key to break out of Assigned Access. If needed, you can use Keyboard Filter to configure a different key combination to break out of assigned access by setting BreakoutKeyScanCode as described in [WEKF_Settings](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wekf-settings).</p>
|
||||
<p>Alt+F4, Alt+Shift+TaB, Alt+Tab are not blocked by Assigned Access, it is recommended you use <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter" data-raw-source="[Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter)">Keyboard Filter</a> to block these key combinations.</p>
|
||||
<p>Ctrl+Alt+Delete is the key to break out of Assigned Access. If needed, you can use Keyboard Filter to configure a different key combination to break out of assigned access by setting BreakoutKeyScanCode as described in <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wekf-settings" data-raw-source="[WEKF_Settings](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wekf-settings)">WEKF_Settings</a>.</p>
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
@ -216,30 +216,30 @@ The following table describes some features that have interoperability issues we
|
||||
<p>Keyboard Filter settings apply to other standard accounts.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Key sequences blocked by [Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter)</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>If Keyboard Filter is turned ON then some key combinations are blocked automatically without you having to explicitly block them. For more information, see the [Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) reference topic.</p>
|
||||
<p>[Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) is only available on Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education.</p>
|
||||
<td><p>Key sequences blocked by <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter" data-raw-source="[Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter)">Keyboard Filter</a></p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>If Keyboard Filter is turned ON then some key combinations are blocked automatically without you having to explicitly block them. For more information, see the <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter" data-raw-source="[Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter)">Keyboard Filter</a> reference topic.</p>
|
||||
<p><a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter" data-raw-source="[Keyboard Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter)">Keyboard Filter</a> is only available on Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>Power button</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Customizations for the Power button complement assigned access, letting you implement features such as removing the power button from the Welcome screen. Removing the power button ensures the user cannot turn off the device when it is in assigned access.</p>
|
||||
<p>For more information on removing the power button or disabling the physical power button, see [Custom Logon](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon).</p></td>
|
||||
<p>For more information on removing the power button or disabling the physical power button, see <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon" data-raw-source="[Custom Logon](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon)">Custom Logon</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Unified Write Filter (UWF)</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>UWFsettings apply to all users, including those with assigned access.</p>
|
||||
<p>For more information, see [Unified Write Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/unified-write-filter).</p></td>
|
||||
<p>For more information, see <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/unified-write-filter" data-raw-source="[Unified Write Filter](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/unified-write-filter)">Unified Write Filter</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td><p>WEDL_AssignedAccess class</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Although you can use this class to configure and manage basic lockdown features for assigned access, we recommend that you use the Windows PowerShell cmdlets instead.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you need to use assigned access API, see [WEDL_AssignedAccess](whttps://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wedl-assignedaccess).</p></td>
|
||||
<p>If you need to use assigned access API, see <a href="whttps://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wedl-assignedaccess" data-raw-source="[WEDL_AssignedAccess](whttps://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wedl-assignedaccess)">WEDL_AssignedAccess</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td><p>Welcome Screen</p></td>
|
||||
<td><p>Customizations for the Welcome screen let you personalize not only how the Welcome screen looks, but for how it functions. You can disable the power or language button, or remove all user interface elements. There are many options to make the Welcome screen your own.</p>
|
||||
<p>For more information, see [Custom Logon](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon).</p></td>
|
||||
<p>For more information, see <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon" data-raw-source="[Custom Logon](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon)">Custom Logon</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
@ -204,14 +204,14 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"></br></br>Enable device setup if you want to configure settings on this page.</br></br>**If enabled:**</br></br>Enter a name for the device.</br></br>(Optional) Select a license file to upgrade Windows 10 to a different edition. [See the permitted upgrades.](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/windows-10-edition-upgrades)</br></br>Toggle **Configure devices for shared use** off. This setting optimizes Windows 10 for shared use scenarios and isn't necessary for a kiosk scenario.</br></br>You can also select to remove pre-installed software from the device. </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>Enable network setup if you want to configure settings on this page.</br></br>**If enabled:**</br></br>Toggle **On** or **Off** for wireless network connectivity. If you select **On**, enter the SSID, the network type (**Open** or **WPA2-Personal**), and (if **WPA2-Personal**) the password for the wireless network.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>Enable account management if you want to configure settings on this page. </br></br>**If enabled:**</br></br>You can enroll the device in Active Directory, enroll in Azure Active Directory, or create a local administrator account on the device</br></br>To enroll the device in Active Directory, enter the credentials for a least-privileged user account to join the device to the domain.</br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, [set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup). The **maximum number of devices per user** setting in your Azure AD tenant determines how many times the bulk token that you get in the wizard can be used. To enroll the device in Azure AD, select that option and enter a friendly name for the bulk token you will get using the wizard. Set an expiration date for the token (maximum is 180 days from the date you get the token). Click **Get bulk token**. In the **Let's get you signed in** window, enter an account that has permissions to join a device to Azure AD, and then the password. Click **Accept** to give Windows Configuration Designer the necessary permissions.</br></br>**Warning:** You must run Windows Configuration Designer on Windows 10 to configure Azure Active Directory enrollment using any of the wizards.</br></br>To create a local administrator account, select that option and enter a user name and password. </br></br>**Important:** If you create a local account in the provisioning package, you must change the password using the **Settings** app every 42 days. If the password is not changed during that period, the account might be locked out and unable to sign in. </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>You can provision the kiosk app in the **Add applications** step. You can install multiple applications, both Windows desktop applications (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, in a provisioning package. The settings in this step vary according to the application that you select. For help with the settings, see [Provision PCs with apps](provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md)</br></br>**Warning:** If you click the plus button to add an application, you must specify an application for the provisioning package to validate. If you click the plus button in error, select any executable file in **Installer Path**, and then a **Cancel** button becomes available, allowing you to complete the provisioning package without an application. </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>To provision the device with a certificate for the kiosk app, click **Add a certificate**. Enter a name for the certificate, and then browse to and select the certificate to be used.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>You can create a local standard user account that will be used to run the kiosk app. If you toggle **No**, make sure that you have an existing user account to run the kiosk app.</br></br>If you want to create an account, enter the user name and password, and then toggle **Yes** or **No** to automatically sign in the account when the device starts. (If you encounter issues with auto sign-in after you apply the provisioning package, check the Event Viewer logs for auto logon issues under **Applications and Services Logs\Microsoft\Windows\Authentication User Interface\Operational**.)</br></br>In **Configure the kiosk mode app**, enter the name of the user account that will run the kiosk mode app. Select the type of app to run in kiosk mode, and then enter the path or filename (for a Windows desktop application) or the AUMID (for a Universal Windows app). For a Windows desktop application, you can use the filename if the path to the file is in the PATH environment variable, otherwise the full path is required.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>On this step, select your options for tablet mode, the user experience on the Welcome and shutdown screens, and the timeout settings.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>You can set a password to protect your provisioning package. You must enter this password when you apply the provisioning package to a device.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="images/one.png" alt="step one"/><img src="images/set-up-device.png" alt="set up device"/></br></br>Enable device setup if you want to configure settings on this page.</br></br><strong>If enabled:</strong></br></br>Enter a name for the device.</br></br>(Optional) Select a license file to upgrade Windows 10 to a different edition. <a href="https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/windows-10-edition-upgrades" data-raw-source="[See the permitted upgrades.](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/windows-10-edition-upgrades)">See the permitted upgrades.</a></br></br>Toggle <strong>Configure devices for shared use</strong> off. This setting optimizes Windows 10 for shared use scenarios and isn't necessary for a kiosk scenario.</br></br>You can also select to remove pre-installed software from the device. </td><td><img src="images/set-up-device-details.png" alt="device name, upgrade to enterprise, shared use, remove pre-installed software"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="images/two.png" alt="step two"/> <img src="images/set-up-network.png" alt="set up network"/></br></br>Enable network setup if you want to configure settings on this page.</br></br><strong>If enabled:</strong></br></br>Toggle <strong>On</strong> or <strong>Off</strong> for wireless network connectivity. If you select <strong>On</strong>, enter the SSID, the network type (<strong>Open</strong> or <strong>WPA2-Personal</strong>), and (if <strong>WPA2-Personal</strong>) the password for the wireless network.</td><td><img src="images/set-up-network-details.png" alt="Enter network SSID and type"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="images/three.png" alt="step three"/> <img src="images/account-management.png" alt="account management"/></br></br>Enable account management if you want to configure settings on this page. </br></br><strong>If enabled:</strong></br></br>You can enroll the device in Active Directory, enroll in Azure Active Directory, or create a local administrator account on the device</br></br>To enroll the device in Active Directory, enter the credentials for a least-privileged user account to join the device to the domain.</br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup" data-raw-source="[set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup)">set up Azure AD join in your organization</a>. The <strong>maximum number of devices per user</strong> setting in your Azure AD tenant determines how many times the bulk token that you get in the wizard can be used. To enroll the device in Azure AD, select that option and enter a friendly name for the bulk token you will get using the wizard. Set an expiration date for the token (maximum is 180 days from the date you get the token). Click <strong>Get bulk token</strong>. In the <strong>Let's get you signed in</strong> window, enter an account that has permissions to join a device to Azure AD, and then the password. Click <strong>Accept</strong> to give Windows Configuration Designer the necessary permissions.</br></br><strong>Warning:</strong> You must run Windows Configuration Designer on Windows 10 to configure Azure Active Directory enrollment using any of the wizards.</br></br>To create a local administrator account, select that option and enter a user name and password. </br></br><strong>Important:</strong> If you create a local account in the provisioning package, you must change the password using the <strong>Settings</strong> app every 42 days. If the password is not changed during that period, the account might be locked out and unable to sign in. </td><td><img src="images/account-management-details.png" alt="join Active Directory, Azure AD, or create a local admin account"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="images/four.png" alt="step four"/> <img src="images/add-applications.png" alt="add applications"/></br></br>You can provision the kiosk app in the <strong>Add applications</strong> step. You can install multiple applications, both Windows desktop applications (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, in a provisioning package. The settings in this step vary according to the application that you select. For help with the settings, see <a href="provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md" data-raw-source="[Provision PCs with apps](provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md)">Provision PCs with apps</a></br></br><strong>Warning:</strong> If you click the plus button to add an application, you must specify an application for the provisioning package to validate. If you click the plus button in error, select any executable file in <strong>Installer Path</strong>, and then a <strong>Cancel</strong> button becomes available, allowing you to complete the provisioning package without an application. </td><td><img src="images/add-applications-details.png" alt="add an application"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="images/five.png" alt="step five"/> <img src="images/add-certificates.png" alt="add certificates"/></br></br>To provision the device with a certificate for the kiosk app, click <strong>Add a certificate</strong>. Enter a name for the certificate, and then browse to and select the certificate to be used.</td><td><img src="images/add-certificates-details.png" alt="add a certificate"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="images/six.png" alt="step six"/> <img src="images/kiosk-account.png" alt="Configure kiosk account and app"/></br></br>You can create a local standard user account that will be used to run the kiosk app. If you toggle <strong>No</strong>, make sure that you have an existing user account to run the kiosk app.</br></br>If you want to create an account, enter the user name and password, and then toggle <strong>Yes</strong> or <strong>No</strong> to automatically sign in the account when the device starts. (If you encounter issues with auto sign-in after you apply the provisioning package, check the Event Viewer logs for auto logon issues under <strong>Applications and Services Logs\Microsoft\Windows\Authentication User Interface\Operational</strong>.)</br></br>In <strong>Configure the kiosk mode app</strong>, enter the name of the user account that will run the kiosk mode app. Select the type of app to run in kiosk mode, and then enter the path or filename (for a Windows desktop application) or the AUMID (for a Universal Windows app). For a Windows desktop application, you can use the filename if the path to the file is in the PATH environment variable, otherwise the full path is required.</td><td><img src="images/kiosk-account-details.png" alt="Configure kiosk account and app"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="images/seven.png" alt="step seven"/> <img src="images/kiosk-common.png" alt="configure kiosk common settings"/></br></br>On this step, select your options for tablet mode, the user experience on the Welcome and shutdown screens, and the timeout settings.</td><td><img src="images/kiosk-common-details.png" alt="set tablet mode and configure welcome and shutdown and turn off timeout settings"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> <img src="images/finish.png" alt="finish"/></br></br>You can set a password to protect your provisioning package. You must enter this password when you apply the provisioning package to a device.</td><td><img src="images/finish-details.png" alt="Protect your package"/></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<span id="mdm" />
|
||||
@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ If you press **Ctrl + Alt + Del** and do not sign in to another account, after a
|
||||
|
||||
To change the default time for assigned access to resume, add *IdleTimeOut* (DWORD) and enter the value data as milliseconds in hexadecimal.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ In addition to specifying the apps that users can run, you should also restrict
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, in **Device Installation Restrictions**, enable **Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
To learn more about locking down features, see [Customizations for Windows 10 Enterprise](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=691442).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: Set up a multi-app kiosk (Windows 10)
|
||||
description: Learn how to configure a kiosk device running Windows 10 so that users can only run a few specific apps.
|
||||
description: Learn how to configure a kiosk device running Windows 10 so that users can only run a few specific apps.
|
||||
ms.assetid: 14DDDC96-88C7-4181-8415-B371F25726C8
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
@ -21,20 +21,18 @@ ms.topic: article
|
||||
|
||||
**Applies to**
|
||||
|
||||
- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
|
||||
- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A [kiosk device](set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-desktop-editions.md) typically runs a single app, and users are prevented from accessing any features or functions on the device outside of the kiosk app. In Windows 10, version 1709, the [AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp) was expanded to make it easy for administrators to create kiosks that run more than one app. The benefit of a kiosk that runs only one or more specified apps is to provide an easy-to-understand experience for individuals by putting in front of them only the things they need to use, and removing from their view the things they don’t need to access.
|
||||
|
||||
The following table lists changes to multi-app kiosk in recent updates.
|
||||
|
||||
New features and improvements | In update
|
||||
--- | ---
|
||||
- Configure [a single-app kiosk profile](#profile) in your XML file<br><br>- Assign [group accounts to a config profile](#config-for-group-accounts)<br><br>- Configure [an account to sign in automatically](#config-for-autologon-account) | Windows 10, version 1803
|
||||
- Explicitly allow [some known folders when user opens file dialog box](#fileexplorernamespacerestrictions)<br><br>- [Automatically launch an app](#allowedapps) when the user signs in<br><br>- Configure a [display name for the autologon account](#config-for-autologon-account) | Windows 10, version 1809<br><br>**Important:** To use features released in Windows 10, version 1809, make sure that [your XML file](#create-xml-file) references `http://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/201810/config`.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
| New features and improvements | In update |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| - Configure [a single-app kiosk profile](#profile) in your XML file<br><br>- Assign [group accounts to a config profile](#config-for-group-accounts)<br><br>- Configure [an account to sign in automatically](#config-for-autologon-account) | Windows 10, version 1803 |
|
||||
| - Explicitly allow [some known folders when user opens file dialog box](#fileexplorernamespacerestrictions)<br><br>- [Automatically launch an app](#allowedapps) when the user signs in<br><br>- Configure a [display name for the autologon account](#config-for-autologon-account) | Windows 10, version 1809<br><br>**Important:** To use features released in Windows 10, version 1809, make sure that [your XML file](#create-xml-file) references `http://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/201810/config`. |
|
||||
|
||||
>[!WARNING]
|
||||
>The assigned access feature is intended for corporate-owned fixed-purpose devices, like kiosks. When the multi-app assigned access configuration is applied on the device, [certain policies](kiosk-policies.md) are enforced system-wide, and will impact other users on the device. Deleting the kiosk configuration will remove the assigned access lockdown profiles associated with the users, but it cannot revert all the enforced policies (such as Start layout). A factory reset is needed to clear all the policies enforced via assigned access.
|
||||
@ -87,7 +85,7 @@ Let's start by looking at the basic structure of the XML file.
|
||||
- A profile has no effect if it’s not associated to a config section.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can start your file by pasting the following XML (or any other examples in this topic) into a XML editor, and saving the file as *filename*.xml. Each section of this XML is explained in this topic. You can see a full sample version in the [Assigned access XML reference.](kiosk-xml.md)
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
@ -164,8 +162,8 @@ The profile **Id** is a GUID attribute to uniquely identify the profile. You can
|
||||
|
||||
When the mult-app kiosk configuration is applied to a device, AppLocker rules will be generated to allow the apps that are listed in the configuration. Here are the predefined assigned access AppLocker rules for **UWP apps**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the signed package apps.
|
||||
2. The package app deny list is generated at runtime when the assigned access user signs in. Based on the installed/provisioned package apps available for the user account, assigned access generates the deny list. This list will exclude the default allowed inbox package apps which are critical for the system to function, and then exclude the allowed packages that enterprises defined in the assigned access configuration. If there are multiple apps within the same package, all these apps will be excluded. This deny list will be used to prevent the user from accessing the apps which are currently available for the user but not in the allowed list.
|
||||
1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the signed package apps.
|
||||
2. The package app deny list is generated at runtime when the assigned access user signs in. Based on the installed/provisioned package apps available for the user account, assigned access generates the deny list. This list will exclude the default allowed inbox package apps which are critical for the system to function, and then exclude the allowed packages that enterprises defined in the assigned access configuration. If there are multiple apps within the same package, all these apps will be excluded. This deny list will be used to prevent the user from accessing the apps which are currently available for the user but not in the allowed list.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>You cannot manage AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration in [MMC snap-ins](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/hh994629.aspx#BKMK_Using_Snapins). Avoid creating AppLocker rules that conflict with AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration.
|
||||
@ -174,26 +172,25 @@ When the mult-app kiosk configuration is applied to a device, AppLocker rules wi
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the predefined assigned access AppLocker rules for **desktop apps**:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the desktop programs signed with Microsoft Certificate in order for the system to boot and function. The rule also allows the admin user group to launch all desktop programs.
|
||||
2. There is a predefined inbox desktop app deny list for the assigned access user account, and this deny list is adjusted based on the desktop app allow list that you defined in the multi-app configuration.
|
||||
3. Enterprise-defined allowed desktop apps are added in the AppLocker allow list.
|
||||
1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the desktop programs signed with Microsoft Certificate in order for the system to boot and function. The rule also allows the admin user group to launch all desktop programs.
|
||||
2. There is a predefined inbox desktop app deny list for the assigned access user account, and this deny list is adjusted based on the desktop app allow list that you defined in the multi-app configuration.
|
||||
3. Enterprise-defined allowed desktop apps are added in the AppLocker allow list.
|
||||
|
||||
The following example allows Groove Music, Movies & TV, Photos, Weather, Calculator, Paint, and Notepad apps to run on the device, with Notepad configured to automatically launch and create a file called `123.text` when the user signs in.
|
||||
|
||||
<span id="apps-sample" />
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<AllAppsList>
|
||||
<AllowedApps>
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.ZuneMusic_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.ZuneMusic" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.ZuneVideo_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.ZuneVideo" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.Windows.Photos_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.BingWeather_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
<App DesktopAppPath="%windir%\system32\mspaint.exe" />
|
||||
<App DesktopAppPath="C:\Windows\System32\notepad.exe" rs5:AutoLaunch="true" rs5:AutoLaunchArguments="123.txt"/>
|
||||
</AllowedApps>
|
||||
</AllAppsList>
|
||||
```
|
||||
<code>xml
|
||||
<AllAppsList>
|
||||
<AllowedApps>
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.ZuneMusic_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.ZuneMusic" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.ZuneVideo_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.ZuneVideo" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.Windows.Photos_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.BingWeather_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
<App AppUserModelId="Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
<App DesktopAppPath="%windir%\system32\mspaint.exe" />
|
||||
<App DesktopAppPath="C:\Windows\System32\notepad.exe" rs5:AutoLaunch="true" rs5:AutoLaunchArguments="123.txt"/>
|
||||
</AllowedApps>
|
||||
</AllAppsList></code>
|
||||
|
||||
##### FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions
|
||||
|
||||
@ -281,13 +278,13 @@ The following example exposes the taskbar to the end user:
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Taskbar ShowTaskbar="true"/>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The following example hides the taskbar:
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Taskbar ShowTaskbar="false"/>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>This is different from the **Automatically hide the taskbar** option in tablet mode, which shows the taskbar when swiping up from or moving the mouse pointer down to the bottom of the screen. Setting **ShowTaskbar** as **false** will always keep the taskbar hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -357,14 +354,14 @@ Individual accounts are specified using `<Account>`.
|
||||
|
||||
- Local account can be entered as `machinename\account` or `.\account` or just `account`.
|
||||
- Domain account should be entered as `domain\account`.
|
||||
- Azure AD account must be specified in this format: `AzureAD\{email address}`. **AzureAD** must be provided AS IS (consider it’s a fixed domain name), then follow with the Azure AD email address, e.g. **AzureAD\someone@contoso.onmicrosoft.com**.
|
||||
- Azure AD account must be specified in this format: `AzureAD\{email address}`. **AzureAD** must be provided AS IS (consider it’s a fixed domain name), then follow with the Azure AD email address, e.g. <strong>AzureAD\someone@contoso.onmicrosoft.com</strong>.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!WARNING]
|
||||
>Assigned access can be configured via WMI or CSP to run its applications under a domain user or service account, rather than a local account. However, use of domain user or service accounts introduces risks that an attacker subverting the assigned access application might gain access to sensitive domain resources that have been inadvertently left accessible to any domain account. We recommend that customers proceed with caution when using domain accounts with assigned access, and consider the domain resources potentially exposed by the decision to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Before applying the multi-app configuration, make sure the specified user account is available on the device, otherwise it will fail.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>For both domain and Azure AD accounts, it’s not required that target account is explicitly added to the device. As long as the device is AD-joined or Azure AD-joined, the account can be discovered in the domain forest or tenant that the device is joined to. For local accounts, it is required that the account exist before you configure the account for assigned access.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -390,15 +387,15 @@ Group accounts are specified using `<UserGroup>`. Nested groups are not supporte
|
||||
<Config>
|
||||
<UserGroup Type="LocalGroup" Name="mygroup" />
|
||||
<DefaultProfile Id="{9A2A490F-10F6-4764-974A-43B19E722C23}"/>
|
||||
</Config>
|
||||
</Config>
|
||||
```
|
||||
- Domain group: Both security and distribution groups are supported. Specify the group type as **ActiveDirectoryGroup**. Use the domain name as the prefix in the name attribute.
|
||||
- Domain group: Both security and distribution groups are supported. Specify the group type as <strong>ActiveDirectoryGroup</strong>. Use the domain name as the prefix in the name attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Config>
|
||||
<UserGroup Type="ActiveDirectoryGroup" Name="mydomain\mygroup" />
|
||||
<DefaultProfile Id="{9A2A490F-10F6-4764-974A-43B19E722C23}"/>
|
||||
</Config>
|
||||
</Config>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
- Azure AD group: Use the group object ID from the Azure portal to uniquely identify the group in the Name attribute. You can find the object ID on the overview page for the group in **Users and groups** > **All groups**. Specify the group type as **AzureActiveDirectoryGroup**. The kiosk device must have internet connectivity when users that belong to the group sign in.
|
||||
@ -407,7 +404,7 @@ Group accounts are specified using `<UserGroup>`. Nested groups are not supporte
|
||||
<Config>
|
||||
<UserGroup Type="AzureActiveDirectoryGroup" Name="a8d36e43-4180-4ac5-a627-fb8149bba1ac" />
|
||||
<DefaultProfile Id="{9A2A490F-10F6-4764-974A-43B19E722C23}"/>
|
||||
</Config>
|
||||
</Config>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
@ -423,7 +420,7 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
|
||||
1. Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
|
||||
|
||||
2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -437,42 +434,42 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
|
||||
|
||||
7. In the center pane, click **Browse** to locate and select the assigned access configuration XML file that you created.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
8. (**Optional**: If you want to apply the provisioning package after device initial setup and there is an admin user already available on the kiosk device, skip this step.) Create an admin user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Provide a **UserName** and **Password**, and select **UserGroup** as **Administrators**. With this account, you can view the provisioning status and logs if needed.
|
||||
|
||||
8. (**Optional**: If you already have a non-admin account on the kiosk device, skip this step.) Create a local standard user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Make sure the **UserName** is the same as the account that you specify in the configuration XML. Select **UserGroup** as **Standard Users**.
|
||||
9. (**Optional**: If you already have a non-admin account on the kiosk device, skip this step.) Create a local standard user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Make sure the **UserName** is the same as the account that you specify in the configuration XML. Select **UserGroup** as **Standard Users**.
|
||||
|
||||
8. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
||||
10. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
||||
|
||||
9. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
11. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
12. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
|
||||
11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
13. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Browse** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
|
||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
|
||||
14. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
||||
15. Click **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
||||
16. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
||||
17. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
||||
|
||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Copy the provisioning package to the root directory of a USB drive.
|
||||
|
||||
18. Copy the provisioning package to the root directory of a USB drive.
|
||||
|
||||
<span id="apply-ppkg" />
|
||||
### Apply provisioning package to device
|
||||
@ -495,7 +492,7 @@ Provisioning packages can be applied to a device during the first-run experience
|
||||
3. The next screen asks you to select a provisioning source. Select **Removable Media** and tap **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Select the provisioning package (\*.ppkg) that you want to apply, and tap **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
@ -503,9 +500,9 @@ Provisioning packages can be applied to a device during the first-run experience
|
||||
5. Select **Yes, add it**.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### After setup, from a USB drive, network folder, or SharePoint site
|
||||
|
||||
1. Sign in with an admin account.
|
||||
@ -573,34 +570,34 @@ When the multi-app assigned access configuration is applied on the device, certa
|
||||
|
||||
The following local policies affect all **non-administrator** users on the system, regardless whether the user is configured as an assigned access user or not. This includes local users, domain users, and Azure Active Directory users.
|
||||
|
||||
| Setting | Value |
|
||||
| Setting | Value |
|
||||
| --- | --- |
|
||||
Remove access to the context menus for the task bar | Enabled
|
||||
Clear history of recently opened documents on exit | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from uninstalling applications from Start | Enabled
|
||||
Remove All Programs list from the Start menu | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Run menu from Start Menu | Enabled
|
||||
Disable showing balloon notifications as toast | Enabled
|
||||
Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists | Enabled
|
||||
Do not allow pinning programs to the Taskbar | Enabled
|
||||
Do not display or track items in Jump Lists from remote locations | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Notifications and Action Center | Enabled
|
||||
Lock all taskbar settings | Enabled
|
||||
Lock the Taskbar | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from adding or removing toolbars | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from resizing the taskbar | Enabled
|
||||
Remove frequent programs list from the Start Menu | Enabled
|
||||
Remove access to the context menus for the task bar | Enabled
|
||||
Clear history of recently opened documents on exit | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from uninstalling applications from Start | Enabled
|
||||
Remove All Programs list from the Start menu | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Run menu from Start Menu | Enabled
|
||||
Disable showing balloon notifications as toast | Enabled
|
||||
Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists | Enabled
|
||||
Do not allow pinning programs to the Taskbar | Enabled
|
||||
Do not display or track items in Jump Lists from remote locations | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Notifications and Action Center | Enabled
|
||||
Lock all taskbar settings | Enabled
|
||||
Lock the Taskbar | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from adding or removing toolbars | Enabled
|
||||
Prevent users from resizing the taskbar | Enabled
|
||||
Remove frequent programs list from the Start Menu | Enabled
|
||||
Remove ‘Map Network Drive’ and ‘Disconnect Network Drive’ | Enabled
|
||||
Remove the Security and Maintenance icon | Enabled
|
||||
Turn off all balloon notifications | Enabled
|
||||
Turn off feature advertisement balloon notifications | Enabled
|
||||
Turn off toast notifications | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Task Manager | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Change Password option in Security Options UI | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Sign Out option in Security Options UI | Enabled
|
||||
Remove All Programs list from the Start Menu | Enabled – Remove and disable setting
|
||||
Prevent access to drives from My Computer | Enabled - Restrict all drivers
|
||||
Remove the Security and Maintenance icon | Enabled
|
||||
Turn off all balloon notifications | Enabled
|
||||
Turn off feature advertisement balloon notifications | Enabled
|
||||
Turn off toast notifications | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Task Manager | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Change Password option in Security Options UI | Enabled
|
||||
Remove Sign Out option in Security Options UI | Enabled
|
||||
Remove All Programs list from the Start Menu | Enabled – Remove and disable setting
|
||||
Prevent access to drives from My Computer | Enabled - Restrict all drivers
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>When **Prevent access to drives from My Computer** is enabled, users can browse the directory structure in File Explorer, but they cannot open folders and access the contents. Also, they cannot use the **Run** dialog box or the **Map Network Drive** dialog box to view the directories on these drives. The icons representing the specified drives still appear in File Explorer, but if users double-click the icons, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action. This setting does not prevent users from using programs to access local and network drives. It does not prevent users from using the Disk Management snap-in to view and change drive characteristics.
|
||||
@ -612,25 +609,25 @@ Prevent access to drives from My Computer | Enabled - Restrict all drivers
|
||||
|
||||
Some of the MDM policies based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) affect all users on the system (i.e. system-wide).
|
||||
|
||||
Setting | Value | System-wide
|
||||
Setting | Value | System-wide
|
||||
--- | --- | ---
|
||||
[Experience/AllowCortana](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience#experience-allowcortana) | 0 - Not allowed | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderDocuments](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdocuments) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderDownloads](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdownloads) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderFileExplorer](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderfileexplorer) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderHomeGroup](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderhomegroup) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderMusic](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldermusic) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderNetwork](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldernetwork) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderPersonalFolder](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpersonalfolder) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderPictures](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpictures) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderSettings](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldersettings) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderVideos](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldervideos) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Experience/AllowCortana](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience#experience-allowcortana) | 0 - Not allowed | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderDocuments](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdocuments) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderDownloads](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdownloads) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderFileExplorer](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderfileexplorer) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderHomeGroup](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderhomegroup) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderMusic](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldermusic) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderNetwork](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldernetwork) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderPersonalFolder](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpersonalfolder) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderPictures](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpictures) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderSettings](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldersettings) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
[Start/AllowPinnedFolderVideos](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldervideos) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes
|
||||
Start/DisableContextMenus | 1 - Context menus are hidden for Start apps | No
|
||||
[Start/HidePeopleBar](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidepeoplebar) | 1 - True (hide) | No
|
||||
[Start/HideChangeAccountSettings](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidechangeaccountsettings) | 1 - True (hide) | Yes
|
||||
[WindowsInkWorkspace/AllowWindowsInkWorkspace](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsinkworkspace#windowsinkworkspace-allowwindowsinkworkspace) | 0 - Access to ink workspace is disabled and the feature is turned off | Yes
|
||||
[Start/StartLayout](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-startlayout) | Configuration dependent | No
|
||||
[WindowsLogon/DontDisplayNetworkSelectionUI](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon#windowslogon-dontdisplaynetworkselectionui) | <Enabled/> | Yes
|
||||
[Start/HidePeopleBar](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidepeoplebar) | 1 - True (hide) | No
|
||||
[Start/HideChangeAccountSettings](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidechangeaccountsettings) | 1 - True (hide) | Yes
|
||||
[WindowsInkWorkspace/AllowWindowsInkWorkspace](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsinkworkspace#windowsinkworkspace-allowwindowsinkworkspace) | 0 - Access to ink workspace is disabled and the feature is turned off | Yes
|
||||
[Start/StartLayout](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-startlayout) | Configuration dependent | No
|
||||
[WindowsLogon/DontDisplayNetworkSelectionUI](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon#windowslogon-dontdisplaynetworkselectionui) | <Enabled/> | Yes
|
||||
|
||||
<span id="lnk-files" />
|
||||
## Provision .lnk files using Windows Configuration Designer
|
||||
|
@ -39,34 +39,34 @@ Many of the lockdown features available in Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry have be
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Hibernate Once/Resume Many (HORM)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626758): Quick boot to device</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[HORM](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/hibernate-once-resume-many-horm-)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626758" data-raw-source="[Hibernate Once/Resume Many (HORM)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626758)">Hibernate Once/Resume Many (HORM)</a>: Quick boot to device</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/hibernate-once-resume-many-horm-" data-raw-source="[HORM](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/hibernate-once-resume-many-horm-)">HORM</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>HORM is supported in Windows 10, version 1607 and later. </p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Unified Write Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626757): protect a device's physical storage media</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Unified Write Filter](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt572001.aspx)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626757" data-raw-source="[Unified Write Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626757)">Unified Write Filter</a>: protect a device's physical storage media</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt572001.aspx" data-raw-source="[Unified Write Filter](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt572001.aspx)">Unified Write Filter</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>The Unified Write Filter is continued in Windows 10.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Keyboard Filter]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626761): block hotkeys and other key combinations</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Keyboard Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708391)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626761" data-raw-source="[Keyboard Filter]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626761)">Keyboard Filter</a>: block hotkeys and other key combinations</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708391" data-raw-source="[Keyboard Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708391)">Keyboard Filter</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Keyboard filter is added in Windows 10, version 1511. As in Windows Embedded Industry 8.1, Keyboard Filter is an optional component that can be turned on via <strong>Turn Windows Features On/Off</strong>. Keyboard Filter (in addition to the WMI configuration previously available) will be configurable through Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) in the SMISettings path.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Shell Launcher](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626676): launch a Windows desktop application on sign-on</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Shell Launcher](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618603)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626676" data-raw-source="[Shell Launcher](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626676)">Shell Launcher</a>: launch a Windows desktop application on sign-on</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618603" data-raw-source="[Shell Launcher](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618603)">Shell Launcher</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Shell Launcher continues in Windows 10. It is now configurable in Windows ICD under the <strong>SMISettings</strong> category.</p>
|
||||
<p>Learn [how to use Shell Launcher to create a kiosk device](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922) that runs a Windows desktop application.</p></td>
|
||||
<p>Learn <a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922" data-raw-source="[how to use Shell Launcher to create a kiosk device](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922)">how to use Shell Launcher to create a kiosk device</a> that runs a Windows desktop application.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Application Launcher]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626675): launch a Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app on sign-on</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626675" data-raw-source="[Application Launcher]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626675)">Application Launcher</a>: launch a Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app on sign-on</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608" data-raw-source="[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608)">Assigned Access</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>The Windows 8 Application Launcher has been consolidated into Assigned Access. Application Launcher enabled launching a Windows 8 app and holding focus on that app. Assigned Access offers a more robust solution for ensuring that apps retain focus.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Dialog Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626762): suppress system dialogs and control which processes can run</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[AppLocker](/windows/device-security/applocker/applocker-overview)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626762" data-raw-source="[Dialog Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626762)">Dialog Filter</a>: suppress system dialogs and control which processes can run</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="/windows/device-security/applocker/applocker-overview" data-raw-source="[AppLocker](/windows/device-security/applocker/applocker-overview)">AppLocker</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Dialog Filter has been deprecated for Windows 10. Dialog Filter provided two capabilities; the ability to control which processes were able to run, and the ability to prevent dialogs (in practice, system dialogs) from appearing.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Control over which processes are able to run will now be provided by AppLocker.</p></li>
|
||||
@ -74,48 +74,48 @@ Many of the lockdown features available in Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry have be
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Toast Notification Filter]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626673): suppress toast notifications</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626673" data-raw-source="[Toast Notification Filter]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626673)">Toast Notification Filter</a>: suppress toast notifications</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">Mobile device management (MDM) and Group Policy</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Toast Notification Filter has been replaced by MDM and Group Policy settings for blocking the individual components of non-critical system toasts that may appear. For example, to prevent a toast from appearing when a USB drive is connected, ensure that USB connections have been blocked using the USB-related policies, and turn off notifications from apps.</p>
|
||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>User Configuration</strong> > <strong>Administrative Templates</strong> > <strong>Start Menu and Taskbar</strong> > <strong>Notifications</strong></p>
|
||||
<p>MDM policy name may vary depending on your MDM service. In Microsoft Intune, use <strong>Allow action center notifications</strong> and a [custom OMA-URI setting](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=616317) for <strong>AboveLock/AllowActionCenterNotifications</strong>.</p></td>
|
||||
<p>MDM policy name may vary depending on your MDM service. In Microsoft Intune, use <strong>Allow action center notifications</strong> and a <a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=616317" data-raw-source="[custom OMA-URI setting](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=616317)">custom OMA-URI setting</a> for <strong>AboveLock/AllowActionCenterNotifications</strong>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Embedded Lockdown Manager](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626763): configure lockdown features</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=525483)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626763" data-raw-source="[Embedded Lockdown Manager](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626763)">Embedded Lockdown Manager</a>: configure lockdown features</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=525483" data-raw-source="[Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=525483)">Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>The Embedded Lockdown Manager has been deprecated for Windows 10 and replaced by the Windows ICD. Windows ICD is the consolidated tool for Windows imaging and provisioning scenarios and enables configuration of all Windows settings, including the lockdown features previously configurable through Embedded Lockdown Manager.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[USB Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626674): restrict USB devices and peripherals on system</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626674" data-raw-source="[USB Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626674)">USB Filter</a>: restrict USB devices and peripherals on system</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">MDM and Group Policy</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>The USB Filter driver has been replaced by MDM and Group Policy settings for blocking the connection of USB devices.</p>
|
||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>Computer Configuration</strong> > <strong>Administrative Templates</strong> > <strong>System</strong> > <strong>Device Installation</strong> > <strong>Device Installation Restrictions</strong></p>
|
||||
<p>MDM policy name may vary depending on your MDM service. In Microsoft Intune, use <strong>Allow removable storage</strong> or <strong>Allow USB connection (Windows 10 Mobile only)</strong>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=613653): launch a UWP app on sign-in and lock access to system</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=613653" data-raw-source="[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=613653)">Assigned Access</a>: launch a UWP app on sign-in and lock access to system</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608" data-raw-source="[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608)">Assigned Access</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Assigned Access has undergone significant improvement for Windows 10. In Windows 8.1, Assigned Access blocked system hotkeys and edge gestures, and non-critical system notifications, but it also applied some of these limitations to other accounts on the device.</p>
|
||||
<p>In Windows 10, Assigned Access no longer affects accounts other than the one being locked down. Assigned Access now restricts access to other apps or system components by locking the device when the selected user account logs in and launching the designated app above the lock screen, ensuring that no unintended functionality can be accessed.</p>
|
||||
<p>Learn [how to use Assigned Access to create a kiosk device](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922) that runs a Universal Windows app.</p></td>
|
||||
<p>Learn <a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922" data-raw-source="[how to use Assigned Access to create a kiosk device](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922)">how to use Assigned Access to create a kiosk device</a> that runs a Universal Windows app.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Gesture Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626672): block swipes from top, left, and right edges of screen</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626672" data-raw-source="[Gesture Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626672)">Gesture Filter</a>: block swipes from top, left, and right edges of screen</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">MDM and Group Policy</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>In Windows 8.1, gestures provided the ability to close an app, to switch apps, and to reach the Charms. In Windows 10, Charms have been removed. In Windows 10, version 1607, you can block swipes using the [Allow edge swipe](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn904962(v=vs.85).aspx#LockDown_AllowEdgeSwipe) policy. </p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>In Windows 8.1, gestures provided the ability to close an app, to switch apps, and to reach the Charms. In Windows 10, Charms have been removed. In Windows 10, version 1607, you can block swipes using the <a href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn904962(v=vs.85).aspx#LockDown_AllowEdgeSwipe" data-raw-source="[Allow edge swipe](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn904962(v=vs.85).aspx#LockDown_AllowEdgeSwipe)">Allow edge swipe</a> policy. </p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Custom Logon]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626759): suppress Windows UI elements during Windows sign-on, sign-off, and shutdown</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Embedded Logon](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626760)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626759" data-raw-source="[Custom Logon]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626759)">Custom Logon</a>: suppress Windows UI elements during Windows sign-on, sign-off, and shutdown</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626760" data-raw-source="[Embedded Logon](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626760)">Embedded Logon</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No changes. Applies only to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>[Unbranded Boot](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626872): custom brand a device by removing or replacing Windows boot UI elements</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left">[Unbranded Boot](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626873)</td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626872" data-raw-source="[Unbranded Boot](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626872)">Unbranded Boot</a>: custom brand a device by removing or replacing Windows boot UI elements</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626873" data-raw-source="[Unbranded Boot](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626873)">Unbranded Boot</a></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>No changes. Applies only to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -55,28 +55,28 @@ You can manage your Wi-Fi Sense settings by using registry keys and the Registry
|
||||
|
||||
**To set up Wi-Fi Sense using the Registry Editor**
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open your Registry Editor and go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WcmSvc\wifinetworkmanager\config\`
|
||||
1. Open your Registry Editor and go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WcmSvc\wifinetworkmanager\config\`
|
||||
|
||||
2. Create and set a new **DWORD (32-bit) Value** named, **AutoConnectAllowedOEM**, with a **Value data** of **0 (zero)**.
|
||||
<p>Setting this value to **0** turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the **Wi-Fi Settings** screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see [How to configure Wi-Fi Sense on Windows 10 in an enterprise](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620959).
|
||||
2. Create and set a new **DWORD (32-bit) Value** named, **AutoConnectAllowedOEM**, with a **Value data** of **0 (zero)**.
|
||||
<p>Setting this value to <strong>0</strong> turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the <strong>Wi-Fi Settings</strong> screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see <a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620959" data-raw-source="[How to configure Wi-Fi Sense on Windows 10 in an enterprise](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620959)">How to configure Wi-Fi Sense on Windows 10 in an enterprise</a>.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
### Using the Windows Provisioning settings
|
||||
You can manage your Wi-Fi Sense settings by changing the Windows provisioning setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**.
|
||||
|
||||
**To set up Wi-Fi Sense using WiFISenseAllowed**
|
||||
|
||||
- Change the Windows Provisioning setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**, to **0**.
|
||||
<p>Setting this value to **0** turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the **Wi-Fi Settings** screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see the Windows Provisioning settings reference topic, [WiFiSenseAllowed](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620909).
|
||||
- Change the Windows Provisioning setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**, to **0**.
|
||||
<p>Setting this value to <strong>0</strong> turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the <strong>Wi-Fi Settings</strong> screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see the Windows Provisioning settings reference topic, <a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620909" data-raw-source="[WiFiSenseAllowed](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620909)">WiFiSenseAllowed</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
### Using Unattended Windows Setup settings
|
||||
If your company still uses Unattend, you can manage your Wi-Fi Sense settings by changing the Unattended Windows Setup setting, **WiFiSenseAllowed**.
|
||||
|
||||
**To set up Wi-Fi Sense using WiFISenseAllowed**
|
||||
|
||||
- Change the Unattended Windows Setup setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**, to **0**.
|
||||
<p>Setting this value to **0** turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the **Wi-Fi Settings** screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see the Unattended Windows Setup Reference topic, [WiFiSenseAllowed](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620910).
|
||||
- Change the Unattended Windows Setup setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**, to **0**.
|
||||
<p>Setting this value to <strong>0</strong> turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the <strong>Wi-Fi Settings</strong> screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see the Unattended Windows Setup Reference topic, <a href="https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620910" data-raw-source="[WiFiSenseAllowed](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620910)">WiFiSenseAllowed</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
### How employees can change their own Wi-Fi Sense settings
|
||||
If you don’t turn off the ability for your employees to use Wi-Fi Sense, they can turn it on locally by selecting **Settings > Network & Internet > Wi-Fi > Manage Wi-Fi settings**, and then turning on **Connect to suggested open hotspots**.
|
||||
@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ If you select the **Share network with my contacts** check box the first time yo
|
||||
- [Wi-Fi Sense and Privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620911)
|
||||
- [How to configure Wi-Fi Sense on Windows 10 in an enterprise](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620959)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: Configure Windows 10 Mobile using Lockdown XML (Windows 10)
|
||||
description: Windows 10 Mobile allows enterprises to lock down a device, define multiple user roles, and configure custom layouts on a device.
|
||||
description: Windows 10 Mobile allows enterprises to lock down a device, define multiple user roles, and configure custom layouts on a device.
|
||||
ms.assetid: 22C8F654-2EC3-4E6D-8666-1EA9FCF90F5F
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ ms.date: 07/27/2017
|
||||
|
||||
**Applies to**
|
||||
|
||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
||||
|
||||
Windows 10 Mobile allows enterprises to lock down a device, define multiple user roles, and configure custom layouts on a device. For example, the enterprise can lock down a device so that only applications and settings in an allow list are available.
|
||||
Windows 10 Mobile allows enterprises to lock down a device, define multiple user roles, and configure custom layouts on a device. For example, the enterprise can lock down a device so that only applications and settings in an allow list are available.
|
||||
|
||||
This is accomplished using Lockdown XML, an XML file that contains settings for Windows 10 Mobile. When you deploy the lockdown XML file to a device, it is saved on the device as **wehlockdown.xml**. When the device boots, it looks for wehlockdown.xml and applies any settings configured in the file.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ Let's start by looking at the basic structure of the lockdown XML file. You can
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<HandheldLockdown version="1.0" >
|
||||
<Default>
|
||||
<ActionCenter/>
|
||||
<Apps/>
|
||||
<Buttons/>
|
||||
<CSPRunner/>
|
||||
<MenuItems/>
|
||||
<Settings/>
|
||||
<Tiles/>
|
||||
<StartScreenSize/>
|
||||
</Default>
|
||||
<Default>
|
||||
<ActionCenter/>
|
||||
<Apps/>
|
||||
<Buttons/>
|
||||
<CSPRunner/>
|
||||
<MenuItems/>
|
||||
<Settings/>
|
||||
<Tiles/>
|
||||
<StartScreenSize/>
|
||||
</Default>
|
||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ The following example is a complete lockdown XML file that disables Action Cente
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<HandheldLockdown version="1.0" >
|
||||
<Default>
|
||||
<!-- disable Action Center -->
|
||||
<!-- disable Action Center -->
|
||||
<ActionCenter enabled="false" />
|
||||
</Default>
|
||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
||||
@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ In the following example, Outlook Calendar and Outlook Mail are pinned to the St
|
||||
</Location>
|
||||
</PinToStart>
|
||||
</Application>
|
||||
<!-- Store -->
|
||||
<Application productId="7D47D89A-7900-47C5-93F2-46EB6D94C159" aumid="Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
<!-- Store -->
|
||||
<Application productId="7D47D89A-7900-47C5-93F2-46EB6D94C159" aumid="Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
||||
</Apps>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ You can create and pin folders to Start by using the Apps setting. Each folder r
|
||||
<Apps>
|
||||
<!-- Management folder -->
|
||||
<Application folderId="1" folderName="Management">
|
||||
<PinToStart>
|
||||
<PinToStart>
|
||||
<Size>Medium</Size>
|
||||
<Location>
|
||||
<LocationX>4</LocationX>
|
||||
@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ To add apps to the folder, include **ParentFolderId** in the application XML, as
|
||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
||||
</Location>
|
||||
<ParentFolderId>1</ParentFolderId>
|
||||
<ParentFolderId>1</ParentFolderId>
|
||||
</PinToStart>
|
||||
</Application>
|
||||
<!-- Outlook Mail-->
|
||||
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ To add apps to the folder, include **ParentFolderId** in the application XML, as
|
||||
<LocationX>4</LocationX>
|
||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
||||
</Location>
|
||||
<ParentFolderId>1</ParentFolderId>
|
||||
<ParentFolderId>1</ParentFolderId>
|
||||
</PinToStart>
|
||||
</Application>
|
||||
</Apps>
|
||||
@ -226,11 +226,11 @@ In the following example, press-and-hold is disabled for the Back button.
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Buttons>
|
||||
<ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
<Button name="Back">
|
||||
<ButtonEvent name="PressAndHold" />
|
||||
</Button>
|
||||
</ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
<ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
<Button name="Back">
|
||||
<ButtonEvent name="PressAndHold" />
|
||||
</Button>
|
||||
</ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
</Buttons>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@ -238,10 +238,10 @@ If you don't specify a button event, all actions for the button are disabled. In
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Buttons>
|
||||
<ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
<Button name="Camera">
|
||||
</Button>
|
||||
</ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
<ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
<Button name="Camera">
|
||||
</Button>
|
||||
</ButtonLockdownList>
|
||||
</Buttons>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@ -251,20 +251,20 @@ ButtonRemapList lets you change the app that a button will run. You can remap th
|
||||
|
||||
> [!WARNING]
|
||||
> Button remapping can enable a user to open an application that is not in the allow list for that user role. Use button lock down to prevent application access for a user role.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
To remap a button, you specify the button, the event, and the product ID for the app that you want the event to open.
|
||||
In the following example, when a user presses the Search button, the phone dialer will open instead of the Search app.
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Buttons>
|
||||
<ButtonRemapList>
|
||||
<Button name="Search">
|
||||
<ButtonEvent name="Press">
|
||||
<!-- Phone dialer -->
|
||||
<Application productID="{F41B5D0E-EE94-4F47-9CFE-3D3934C5A2C7 }" parameters="" />
|
||||
</ButtonEvent>
|
||||
</Button>
|
||||
</ButtonRemapList>
|
||||
<ButtonRemapList>
|
||||
<Button name="Search">
|
||||
<ButtonEvent name="Press">
|
||||
<!-- Phone dialer -->
|
||||
<Application productID="{F41B5D0E-EE94-4F47-9CFE-3D3934C5A2C7 }" parameters="" />
|
||||
</ButtonEvent>
|
||||
</Button>
|
||||
</ButtonRemapList>
|
||||
</Buttons>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ In the following example, when a user presses the Search button, the phone diale
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
You can use CSPRunner to include settings that are not defined in AssignedAccessXML. For example, you can include settings from other sections of EnterpriseAssignedAccess CSP, such as lockscreen, theme, and time zone. You can also include settings from other CSPs, such as [Wi-Fi CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=717460) or [Policy CSP](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn904962%28v=vs.85%29.aspx).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
CSPRunner is helpful when you are configuring a device to support multiple roles. It lets you apply different policies according to the role that is signed on. For example, Wi-Fi could be enabled for a supervisor role and disabled for a stocking clerk role.
|
||||
|
||||
In CSPRunner, you specify the CSP and settings using SyncML, a standardized markup language for device management. A SyncML section can include multiple settings, or you can use multiple SyncML sections -- it's up to you how you want to organize settings in this section.
|
||||
@ -285,21 +285,21 @@ Let's start with the structure of SyncML in the following example:
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
SyncML>
|
||||
<SyncBody>
|
||||
<Add>|<Replace>
|
||||
<CmdID>#</CmdID>
|
||||
<Item>
|
||||
<Target>
|
||||
<LocURI>CSP Path</LocURI>
|
||||
</Target>
|
||||
<Meta>
|
||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">Data Type</Format>
|
||||
</Meta>
|
||||
<Data>Value</Data>
|
||||
</Item>
|
||||
</Add>|</Replace>
|
||||
<Final/>
|
||||
</SyncBody>
|
||||
<SyncBody>
|
||||
<Add>|<Replace>
|
||||
<CmdID>#</CmdID>
|
||||
<Item>
|
||||
<Target>
|
||||
<LocURI>CSP Path</LocURI>
|
||||
</Target>
|
||||
<Meta>
|
||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">Data Type</Format>
|
||||
</Meta>
|
||||
<Data>Value</Data>
|
||||
</Item>
|
||||
</Add>|</Replace>
|
||||
<Final/>
|
||||
</SyncBody>
|
||||
</SyncML>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@ -360,85 +360,85 @@ If you list a setting or quick action in **Settings**, all settings and quick ac
|
||||
|
||||
For a list of the settings and quick actions that you can allow or block, see [Settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile](settings-that-can-be-locked-down.md).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Tiles
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
By default, under Assigned Access, tile manipulation is turned off (blocked) and only available if enabled in the user’s profile. If tile manipulation is enabled in the user’s profile, they can pin/unpin, move, and resize tiles based on their preferences. When multiple people use one device and you want to enable tile manipulation for multiple users, you must enable it for each user in their user profile.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> If a device is turned off then back on, the tiles reset to their predefined layout. If a device has only one profile, the only way to reset the tiles is to turn off then turn on the device. If a device has multiple profiles, the device resets the tiles to the predefined layout based on the logged-in user’s profile.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Tiles>
|
||||
<EnableTileManipulation/>
|
||||
</Tiles>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Start screen size
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Specify the size of the Start screen. In addition to 4/6 columns, you can also use 4/6/8 depending on screen resolutions. Valid values:
|
||||
|
||||
- Small sets the width to 4 columns on devices with short axis (less than 400epx) or 6 columns on devices with short axis (greater than or equal to 400epx).
|
||||
- Large sets the width to 6 columns on devices with short axis (less than 400epx) or 8 columns on devices with short axis (greater than or equal to 400epx).
|
||||
|
||||
If you have existing lockdown xml, you must update start screen size if your device has >=400epx on its short axis so that tiles on Start can fill all 8 columns if you want to use all 8 columns instead of 6, or use 6 columns instead of 4.
|
||||
|
||||
[Learn about effective pixel width (epx) for different device size classes.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=733340)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- Small sets the width to 4 columns on devices with short axis (less than 400epx) or 6 columns on devices with short axis (greater than or equal to 400epx).
|
||||
- Large sets the width to 6 columns on devices with short axis (less than 400epx) or 8 columns on devices with short axis (greater than or equal to 400epx).
|
||||
|
||||
If you have existing lockdown xml, you must update start screen size if your device has >=400epx on its short axis so that tiles on Start can fill all 8 columns if you want to use all 8 columns instead of 6, or use 6 columns instead of 4.
|
||||
|
||||
[Learn about effective pixel width (epx) for different device size classes.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=733340)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Configure additional roles
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can add custom configurations by role. In addition to the role configuration, you must also install a login application on the device. The app displays a list of available roles on the device; the user taps a role, such as "Manager"; the configuration defined for the "Manager" role is applied.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Learn how to create a login application that will work with your Lockdown XML file.](https://github.com/Microsoft/Windows-universal-samples/tree/master/Samples/DeviceLockdownAzureLogin) For reference, see the [Windows.Embedded.DeviceLockdown API](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/apps/windows.embedded.devicelockdown).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In the XML file, you define each role with a GUID and name, as shown in the following example:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<Role guid="{7bb62e8c-81ba-463c-b691-74af68230b42}" name="Manager">
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can create a GUID using a GUID generator -- free tools are available online. The GUID needs to be unique within this XML file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can configure the same settings for each role as you did for the default role, except Start screen size which can only be configured for the default role. If you use CSPRunner with roles, be aware that the last CSP setting applied will be retained across roles unless explicitly changed in each role configuration. CSP settings applied by CSPRunner may conflict with settings applied by MDM.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```xml
|
||||
<?xml version "1.0" encoding "utf-8"?>
|
||||
<HandheldLockdown version "1.0" >
|
||||
<Default>
|
||||
<ActionCenter/>
|
||||
<Apps/>
|
||||
<Buttons/>
|
||||
<CSPRunner/>
|
||||
<MenuItems/>
|
||||
<Settings/>
|
||||
<Tiles/>
|
||||
<StartScreenSize/>
|
||||
</Default>
|
||||
<RoleList>
|
||||
<Role>
|
||||
<ActionCenter/>
|
||||
<Apps/>
|
||||
<Buttons/>
|
||||
<CSPRunner/>
|
||||
<MenuItems/>
|
||||
<Settings/>
|
||||
<Tiles/>
|
||||
</Role>
|
||||
</RoleList>
|
||||
<Default>
|
||||
<ActionCenter/>
|
||||
<Apps/>
|
||||
<Buttons/>
|
||||
<CSPRunner/>
|
||||
<MenuItems/>
|
||||
<Settings/>
|
||||
<Tiles/>
|
||||
<StartScreenSize/>
|
||||
</Default>
|
||||
<RoleList>
|
||||
<Role>
|
||||
<ActionCenter/>
|
||||
<Apps/>
|
||||
<Buttons/>
|
||||
<CSPRunner/>
|
||||
<MenuItems/>
|
||||
<Settings/>
|
||||
<Tiles/>
|
||||
</Role>
|
||||
</RoleList>
|
||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Validate your XML
|
||||
|
||||
You can validate your lockdown XML file against the [EnterpriseAssignedAccess XSD](https://msdn.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/commercialize/customize/mdm/enterpriseassignedaccess-xsd).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Add lockdown XML to a provisioning package
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Use the Windows ICD tool included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 to create a provisioning package. [Install the ADK.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=526740)
|
||||
Use the Windows ICD tool included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 to create a provisioning package. [Install the ADK.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=526740)
|
||||
|
||||
1. Follow the instructions at [Build and apply a provisioning package](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=629651) to create a project, selecting **Common to all Windows mobile editions** for your project.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -854,7 +854,6 @@ To push lockdown settings to enrolled devices, use the AssignedAccessXML setting
|
||||
</Role>
|
||||
</RoleList>
|
||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Learn more
|
||||
|
@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ The **Provision Windows mobile devices** wizard lets you configure common settin
|
||||
### Start a new project
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open Windows Configuration Designer:
|
||||
- From either the Start screen or Start menu search, type 'Windows Configuration Designer' and click the Windows Configuration Designer shortcut,
|
||||
- From either the Start screen or Start menu search, type 'Windows Configuration Designer' and click the Windows Configuration Designer shortcut,
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
- If you installed Windows Configuration Designer from the ADK, navigate to `C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86` (on an x64 computer) or `C:\Program Files\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86\ICD.exe` (on an x86 computer), and then double-click **ICD.exe**.
|
||||
- If you installed Windows Configuration Designer from the ADK, navigate to `C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86` (on an x64 computer) or `C:\Program Files\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86\ICD.exe` (on an x86 computer), and then double-click **ICD.exe**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. On the **Start** page, choose **Provision Windows mobile devices**.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ The **Provision Windows mobile devices** wizard lets you configure common settin
|
||||
### Configure settings in the wizard
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"></br></br>Enter a device name.</br></br> Optionally, you can enter a product key to upgrade the device from Windows 10 Mobile to Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise. </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>Toggle **On** or **Off** for wireless network connectivity. </br></br>If you select **On**, enter the SSID, network type (**Open** or **WPA2-Personal**), and (if **WPA2-Personal**) the password for the wireless network.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, [set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup). The **maximum number of devices per user** setting in your Azure AD tenant determines how many times the bulk token that you get in the wizard can be used. </br></br> Set an expiration date for the token (maximum is 180 days from the date you get the token). Click **Get bulk token**. In the **Let's get you signed in** window, enter an account that has permissions to join a device to Azure AD, and then the password. Click **Accept** to give Windows Configuration Designer the necessary permissions.</br></br>**Warning:** You must run Windows Configuration Designer on Windows 10 to configure Azure Active Directory enrollment using any of the wizards. </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>You can set a password to protect your provisioning package. You must enter this password when you apply the provisioning package to a device.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/one.png" alt="step one"/><img src="../images/set-up-device-mobile.png" alt="set up device"/></br></br>Enter a device name.</br></br> Optionally, you can enter a product key to upgrade the device from Windows 10 Mobile to Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise. </td><td><img src="../images/set-up-device-details-mobile.png" alt="device name, upgrade license"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/two.png" alt="step two"/> <img src="../images/set-up-network-mobile.png" alt="set up network"/></br></br>Toggle <strong>On</strong> or <strong>Off</strong> for wireless network connectivity. </br></br>If you select <strong>On</strong>, enter the SSID, network type (<strong>Open</strong> or <strong>WPA2-Personal</strong>), and (if <strong>WPA2-Personal</strong>) the password for the wireless network.</td><td><img src="../images/set-up-network-details-mobile.png" alt="Enter network SSID and type"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/three.png" alt="step three"/> <img src="../images/bulk-enroll-mobile.png" alt="bulk enrollment in Azure Active Directory"/></br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup" data-raw-source="[set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup)">set up Azure AD join in your organization</a>. The <strong>maximum number of devices per user</strong> setting in your Azure AD tenant determines how many times the bulk token that you get in the wizard can be used. </br></br> Set an expiration date for the token (maximum is 180 days from the date you get the token). Click <strong>Get bulk token</strong>. In the <strong>Let's get you signed in</strong> window, enter an account that has permissions to join a device to Azure AD, and then the password. Click <strong>Accept</strong> to give Windows Configuration Designer the necessary permissions.</br></br><strong>Warning:</strong> You must run Windows Configuration Designer on Windows 10 to configure Azure Active Directory enrollment using any of the wizards. </td><td><img src="../images/bulk-enroll-mobile-details.png" alt="Enter expiration and get bulk token"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/four.png" alt="step four"/> <img src="../images/finish-mobile.png" alt="finish"/></br></br>You can set a password to protect your provisioning package. You must enter this password when you apply the provisioning package to a device.</td><td><img src="../images/finish-details-mobile.png" alt="Protect your package"/></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
After you're done, click **Create**. It only takes a few seconds. When the package is built, the location where the package is stored is displayed as a hyperlink at the bottom of the page.
|
||||
|
@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ The following table describes the information that is required when writing to a
|
||||
|
||||
The NFC provisioning helper device must split the provisioning package raw content into multiple parts and publish these in order. Each part should follow the following format:
|
||||
|
||||
<table><tr><td>**Version**</br>(1 byte)</td><td>**Leading**<br>(1 byte)</td><td>**Order**</br>(1 byte)</td><td>**Total**</br>(1 byte)</td><td>**Chunk payload**</br>(N bytes)</td></tr></table>
|
||||
<table><tr><td><strong>Version</strong></br>(1 byte)</td><td><strong>Leading</strong><br>(1 byte)</td><td><strong>Order</strong></br>(1 byte)</td><td><strong>Total</strong></br>(1 byte)</td><td><strong>Chunk payload</strong></br>(N bytes)</td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
For each part:
|
||||
- **Version** should always be 0x00.
|
||||
- **Leading byte** should always be 0xFF.
|
||||
- **Order** represents which message chunk (out of the whole message) the part belongs to. The Order begins with zero (0).
|
||||
- **Total** represents the total number of chunks to be transferred for the whole message.
|
||||
- **Chunk payload** represents each of the split parts.
|
||||
- <strong>Version</strong> should always be 0x00.
|
||||
- <strong>Leading byte</strong> should always be 0xFF.
|
||||
- <strong>Order</strong> represents which message chunk (out of the whole message) the part belongs to. The Order begins with zero (0).
|
||||
- <strong>Total</strong> represents the total number of chunks to be transferred for the whole message.
|
||||
- <strong>Chunk payload</strong> represents each of the split parts.
|
||||
|
||||
The NFC provisioning helper device must publish the record in a type of Windows.ProvPlugins.Chunk.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ For detailed information and code samples on how to implement an NFC-enabled dev
|
||||
- [Use Windows Configuration Designer to configure Windows 10 Mobile devices](provisioning-configure-mobile.md)
|
||||
|
||||
- [Barcode provisioning and the package splitter tool](provisioning-package-splitter.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ Before you can use the tool, you must have a built provisioning package. The pac
|
||||
cd C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
- or -
|
||||
- or -
|
||||
|
||||
On an x86 computer, type:
|
||||
On an x86 computer, type:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
cd C:\Program Files\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86
|
||||
```
|
||||
```
|
||||
cd C:\Program Files\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
3. Run `ppkgtobase64.exe`. The [syntax](#syntax) and [switches and arguments](#switches-and-arguments) sections provide details for the command.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ ppkgtobase64.exe -i <InputFile> -o <OutputDirectory> -s <BlockSize> [-c] [/?]
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Enterprise Assigned Access allows you to put your Windows 10 Mobile or Windows
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>The app can be a Universal Windows app, Universal Windows Phone 8 app, or a legacy Silverlight app.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Set up Enterprise Assigned Access in MDM
|
||||
|
||||
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Apps Corner lets you set up a custom Start screen on your Windows 10 Mobile or
|
||||
|
||||
>[!TIP]
|
||||
>Want to get to Apps Corner with one tap? In **Settings**, tap **Apps Corner** > **pin** to pin the Apps Corner tile to your Start screen.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Give the device to someone else, so they can use the device and only the one app you chose.
|
||||
|
||||
3. When they're done and you get the device back, press and hold Power , and then swipe right to exit Apps Corner.
|
||||
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Apps Corner lets you set up a custom Start screen on your Windows 10 Mobile or
|
||||
|
||||
[Product IDs in Windows 10 Mobile](product-ids-in-windows-10-mobile.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ The CSPs are documented on the [Hardware Dev Center](https://go.microsoft.com/fw
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>The explanation of CSPs and CSP documentation also apply to Windows Mobile 5, Windows Mobile 6, Windows Phone 7, and Windows Phone 8, but links to current CSPs are for Windows 10 and Windows 10 Mobile.
|
||||
|
||||
[See what's new for CSPs in Windows 10, version 1809.](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/new-in-windows-mdm-enrollment-management#whatsnew1809)
|
||||
[See what's new for CSPs in Windows 10, version 1809.](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/new-in-windows-mdm-enrollment-management#whatsnew1809)
|
||||
|
||||
## What is a CSP?
|
||||
|
||||
@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ Here is a list of CSPs supported on Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Mobile E
|
||||
- [WindowsSecurityAuditing CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723415)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
|
||||
|
||||
2. Click **Provision desktop devices**.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
3. Name your project and click **Finish**. The pages for desktop provisioning will walk you through the following steps.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
||||
@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"></br></br>Enter a name for the device.</br></br>(Optional) Select a license file to upgrade Windows 10 to a different edition. [See the permitted upgrades.](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/windows-10-edition-upgrades)</br></br>Toggle **Yes** or **No** to **Configure devices for shared use**. This setting optimizes Windows 10 for shared use scenarios. [Learn more about shared PC configuration.](../set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md)</br></br>You can also select to remove pre-installed software from the device. </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>Toggle **On** or **Off** for wireless network connectivity. If you select **On**, enter the SSID, the network type (**Open** or **WPA2-Personal**), and (if **WPA2-Personal**) the password for the wireless network.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>Enable account management if you want to configure settings on this page. </br></br>You can enroll the device in Active Directory, enroll in Azure Active Directory, or create a local administrator account on the device</br></br>To enroll the device in Active Directory, enter the credentials for a least-privileged user account to join the device to the domain.</br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, [set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup). The **maximum number of devices per user** setting in your Azure AD tenant determines how many times the bulk token that you get in the wizard can be used. To enroll the device in Azure AD, select that option and enter a friendly name for the bulk token you will get using the wizard. Set an expiration date for the token (maximum is 180 days from the date you get the token). Click **Get bulk token**. In the **Let's get you signed in** window, enter an account that has permissions to join a device to Azure AD, and then the password. Click **Accept** to give Windows Configuration Designer the necessary permissions. </br></br>To create a local administrator account, select that option and enter a user name and password. </br></br>**Important:** If you create a local account in the provisioning package, you must change the password using the **Settings** app every 42 days. If the password is not changed during that period, the account might be locked out and unable to sign in. </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>You can install multiple applications, both Windows desktop applications (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, in a provisioning package. The settings in this step vary according to the application that you select. For help with the settings, see [Provision PCs with apps](provision-pcs-with-apps.md). </td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>To provision the device with a certificate, click **Add a certificate**. Enter a name for the certificate, and then browse to and select the certificate to be used.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> </br></br>You can set a password to protect your provisioning package. You must enter this password when you apply the provisioning package to a device.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/one.png" alt="step one"/><img src="../images/set-up-device.png" alt="set up device"/></br></br>Enter a name for the device.</br></br>(Optional) Select a license file to upgrade Windows 10 to a different edition. <a href="https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/windows-10-edition-upgrades" data-raw-source="[See the permitted upgrades.](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/windows-10-edition-upgrades)">See the permitted upgrades.</a></br></br>Toggle <strong>Yes</strong> or <strong>No</strong> to <strong>Configure devices for shared use</strong>. This setting optimizes Windows 10 for shared use scenarios. <a href="../set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md" data-raw-source="[Learn more about shared PC configuration.](../set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md)">Learn more about shared PC configuration.</a></br></br>You can also select to remove pre-installed software from the device. </td><td><img src="../images/set-up-device-details-desktop.png" alt="device name, upgrade to enterprise, shared use, remove pre-installed software"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/two.png" alt="step two"/> <img src="../images/set-up-network.png" alt="set up network"/></br></br>Toggle <strong>On</strong> or <strong>Off</strong> for wireless network connectivity. If you select <strong>On</strong>, enter the SSID, the network type (<strong>Open</strong> or <strong>WPA2-Personal</strong>), and (if <strong>WPA2-Personal</strong>) the password for the wireless network.</td><td><img src="../images/set-up-network-details-desktop.png" alt="Enter network SSID and type"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/three.png" alt="step three"/> <img src="../images/account-management.png" alt="account management"/></br></br>Enable account management if you want to configure settings on this page. </br></br>You can enroll the device in Active Directory, enroll in Azure Active Directory, or create a local administrator account on the device</br></br>To enroll the device in Active Directory, enter the credentials for a least-privileged user account to join the device to the domain.</br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup" data-raw-source="[set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup)">set up Azure AD join in your organization</a>. The <strong>maximum number of devices per user</strong> setting in your Azure AD tenant determines how many times the bulk token that you get in the wizard can be used. To enroll the device in Azure AD, select that option and enter a friendly name for the bulk token you will get using the wizard. Set an expiration date for the token (maximum is 180 days from the date you get the token). Click <strong>Get bulk token</strong>. In the <strong>Let's get you signed in</strong> window, enter an account that has permissions to join a device to Azure AD, and then the password. Click <strong>Accept</strong> to give Windows Configuration Designer the necessary permissions. </br></br>To create a local administrator account, select that option and enter a user name and password. </br></br><strong>Important:</strong> If you create a local account in the provisioning package, you must change the password using the <strong>Settings</strong> app every 42 days. If the password is not changed during that period, the account might be locked out and unable to sign in. </td><td><img src="../images/account-management-details.png" alt="join Active Directory, Azure AD, or create a local admin account"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/four.png" alt="step four"/> <img src="../images/add-applications.png" alt="add applications"/></br></br>You can install multiple applications, both Windows desktop applications (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, in a provisioning package. The settings in this step vary according to the application that you select. For help with the settings, see <a href="provision-pcs-with-apps.md" data-raw-source="[Provision PCs with apps](provision-pcs-with-apps.md)">Provision PCs with apps</a>. </td><td><img src="../images/add-applications-details.png" alt="add an application"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"><img src="../images/five.png" alt="step five"/> <img src="../images/add-certificates.png" alt="add certificates"/></br></br>To provision the device with a certificate, click <strong>Add a certificate</strong>. Enter a name for the certificate, and then browse to and select the certificate to be used.</td><td><img src="../images/add-certificates-details.png" alt="add a certificate"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:45%" valign="top"> <img src="../images/finish.png" alt="finish"/></br></br>You can set a password to protect your provisioning package. You must enter this password when you apply the provisioning package to a device.</td><td><img src="../images/finish-details.png" alt="Protect your package"/></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
After you're done, click **Create**. It only takes a few seconds. When the package is built, the location where the package is stored is displayed as a hyperlink at the bottom of the page.
|
||||
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ After you're done, click **Create**. It only takes a few seconds. When the packa
|
||||
|
||||
- Watch the video: [Windows 10 for Mobile Devices: Provisioning Is Not Imaging](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615922)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
- [Provisioning packages for Windows 10](provisioning-packages.md)
|
||||
|
@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ Use the Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) tool included in the Wi
|
||||
|
||||
2. Click **Advanced provisioning**.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
3. Name your project and click **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Select **All Windows desktop editions**, click **Next**, and then click **Finish**.
|
||||
4. Select **All Windows desktop editions**, click **Next**, and then click **Finish**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Add a desktop app to your package
|
||||
@ -124,42 +124,42 @@ For details about the settings you can customize in provisioning packages, see [
|
||||
1. When you are done configuring the provisioning package, on the **File** menu, click **Save**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Read the warning that project files may contain sensitive information, and click **OK**.
|
||||
> **Important** When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
||||
> **Important** When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
||||
|
||||
3. On the **Export** menu, click **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
4. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
|
||||
10. Set a value for **Package Version**.
|
||||
5. Set a value for **Package Version**.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!TIP]
|
||||
> You can make changes to existing packages and change the version number to update previously applied packages.
|
||||
> [!TIP]
|
||||
> You can make changes to existing packages and change the version number to update previously applied packages.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
6. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
|
||||
**Important**
|
||||
We recommend that you include a trusted provisioning certificate in your provisioning package. When the package is applied to a device, the certificate is added to the system store and any package signed with that certificate thereafter can be applied silently.
|
||||
**Important**
|
||||
We recommend that you include a trusted provisioning certificate in your provisioning package. When the package is applied to a device, the certificate is added to the system store and any package signed with that certificate thereafter can be applied silently.
|
||||
|
||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.<p>
|
||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
||||
7. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.<p>
|
||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
||||
8. Click **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.<p>
|
||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
9. Click **Build** to start building the package. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.<p>
|
||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.<p>
|
||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
||||
10. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.<p>
|
||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can provide that .ppkg to others through any of the following methods:
|
||||
11. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can provide that .ppkg to others through any of the following methods:
|
||||
|
||||
- Shared network folder
|
||||
|
||||
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output direct
|
||||
- Watch the video: [Provisioning Windows 10 Devices with New Tools](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615921)
|
||||
|
||||
- Watch the video: [Windows 10 for Mobile Devices: Provisioning Is Not Imaging](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615922)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -136,42 +136,42 @@ For details about the settings you can customize in provisioning packages, see [
|
||||
1. When you are done configuring the provisioning package, on the **File** menu, click **Save**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Read the warning that project files may contain sensitive information, and click **OK**.
|
||||
> **Important** When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
||||
> **Important** When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
||||
|
||||
3. On the **Export** menu, click **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
4. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
|
||||
10. Set a value for **Package Version**.
|
||||
5. Set a value for **Package Version**.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!TIP]
|
||||
> You can make changes to existing packages and change the version number to update previously applied packages.
|
||||
> [!TIP]
|
||||
> You can make changes to existing packages and change the version number to update previously applied packages.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
6. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
|
||||
**Important**
|
||||
We recommend that you include a trusted provisioning certificate in your provisioning package. When the package is applied to a device, the certificate is added to the system store and any package signed with that certificate thereafter can be applied silently.
|
||||
**Important**
|
||||
We recommend that you include a trusted provisioning certificate in your provisioning package. When the package is applied to a device, the certificate is added to the system store and any package signed with that certificate thereafter can be applied silently.
|
||||
|
||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.<p>
|
||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
||||
7. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.<p>
|
||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
||||
8. Click **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.<p>
|
||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
9. Click **Build** to start building the package. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.<p>
|
||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.<p>
|
||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
||||
10. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.<p>
|
||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can provide that .ppkg to others through any of the following methods:
|
||||
11. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can provide that .ppkg to others through any of the following methods:
|
||||
|
||||
- Shared network folder
|
||||
|
||||
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output direct
|
||||
- Watch the video: [Provisioning Windows 10 Devices with New Tools](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615921)
|
||||
|
||||
- Watch the video: [Windows 10 for Mobile Devices: Provisioning Is Not Imaging](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615922)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: Create a provisioning package (Windows 10)
|
||||
description: With Windows 10, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
|
||||
description: With Windows 10, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
|
||||
ms.prod: w10
|
||||
ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
|
||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
||||
@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ manager: dansimp
|
||||
|
||||
**Applies to**
|
||||
|
||||
- Windows 10
|
||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
||||
- Windows 10
|
||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
||||
|
||||
You use Windows Configuration Designer to create a provisioning package (.ppkg) that contains customization settings. You can apply the provisioning package to a device running Windows 10 or Windows 10 Mobile.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -31,44 +31,46 @@ You use Windows Configuration Designer to create a provisioning package (.ppkg)
|
||||
## Start a new project
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open Windows Configuration Designer:
|
||||
- From either the Start screen or Start menu search, type 'Windows Configuration Designer' and click on the Windows Configuration Designer shortcut,
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
- If you installed Windows Configuration Designer from the ADK, navigate to `C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86` (on an x64 computer) or `C:\Program Files\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86\ICD.exe` (on an x86 computer), and then double-click **ICD.exe**.
|
||||
- From either the Start screen or Start menu search, type 'Windows Configuration Designer' and click on the Windows Configuration Designer shortcut,
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
- If you installed Windows Configuration Designer from the ADK, navigate to `C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86` (on an x64 computer) or `C:\Program Files\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86\ICD.exe` (on an x86 computer), and then double-click **ICD.exe**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Select your desired option on the **Start** page, which offers multiple options for creating a provisioning package, as shown in the following image:
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- The wizard options provide a simple interface for configuring common settings for desktop, mobile, and kiosk devices. Wizards are also available for creating provisioning packages for Microsoft Surface Hub and Microsoft HoloLens devices. For a summary of the settings available in the desktop, mobile, and kiosk devices, see [What you can configure using Configuration Designer wizardS](provisioning-packages.md#configuration-designer-wizards).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- [Instructions for the desktop wizard](provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md)
|
||||
- [Instructions for the mobile wizard](../mobile-devices/provisioning-configure-mobile.md)
|
||||
- [Instructions for the kiosk wizard](../kiosk-single-app.md#wizard)
|
||||
- [Instructions for HoloLens wizard](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/hololens/hololens-provisioning)
|
||||
- [Instructions for Surface Hub wizard](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/surface-hub/provisioning-packages-for-certificates-surface-hub)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- The **Advanced provisioning** option opens a new project with all **Runtime settings** available. *The rest of this procedure uses advanced provisioning.*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
>[!TIP]
|
||||
> You can start a project in the simple wizard editor and then switch the project to the advanced editor.
|
||||
>
|
||||
> 
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Enter a name for your project, and then click **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Select the settings you want to configure, based on the type of device, and then click **Next**. The following table describes the options.
|
||||
|
||||
| Windows edition | Settings available for customization | Provisioning package can apply to |
|
||||
| --- | --- | --- |
|
||||
| All Windows editions | Common settings | All Windows 10 devices |
|
||||
| All Windows desktop editions | Common settings and settings specific to desktop devices | All Windows 10 desktop editions (Home, Pro, Enterprise, Pro Education, Enterprise Education) |
|
||||
| All Windows mobile editions | Common settings and settings specific to mobile devices | All Windows 10 Mobile devices |
|
||||
| Windows 10 IoT Core | Common settings and settings specific to Windows 10 IoT Core | All Windows 10 IoT Core devices |
|
||||
| Windows 10 Holographic | Common settings and settings specific to Windows 10 Holographic | [Microsoft HoloLens](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/hololens/hololens-provisioning) |
|
||||
| Common to Windows 10 Team edition | Common settings and settings specific to Windows 10 Team | [Microsoft Surface Hub](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/surface-hub/provisioning-packages-for-certificates-surface-hub) |
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
| Windows edition | Settings available for customization | Provisioning package can apply to |
|
||||
|-----------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| All Windows editions | Common settings | All Windows 10 devices |
|
||||
| All Windows desktop editions | Common settings and settings specific to desktop devices | All Windows 10 desktop editions (Home, Pro, Enterprise, Pro Education, Enterprise Education) |
|
||||
| All Windows mobile editions | Common settings and settings specific to mobile devices | All Windows 10 Mobile devices |
|
||||
| Windows 10 IoT Core | Common settings and settings specific to Windows 10 IoT Core | All Windows 10 IoT Core devices |
|
||||
| Windows 10 Holographic | Common settings and settings specific to Windows 10 Holographic | [Microsoft HoloLens](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/hololens/hololens-provisioning) |
|
||||
| Common to Windows 10 Team edition | Common settings and settings specific to Windows 10 Team | [Microsoft Surface Hub](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/surface-hub/provisioning-packages-for-certificates-surface-hub) |
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. On the **Import a provisioning package (optional)** page, you can click **Finish** to create your project, or browse to and select an existing provisioning packge to import to your project, and then click **Finish**.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!TIP]
|
||||
@ -90,11 +92,11 @@ The settings in Windows Configuration Designer are based on Windows 10 configura
|
||||
The process for configuring settings is similar for all settings. The following table shows an example.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<tr><td></br>Expand a category.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td></br>Select a setting.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td></br>Enter a value for the setting. Click **Add** if the button is displayed.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td></br>Some settings, such as this example, require additional information. In **Available customizations**, select the value you just created, and additional settings are displayed.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td></br>When the setting is configured, it is displayed in the **Selected customizations** pane.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><img src="../images/one.png" alt="step one"/></br>Expand a category.</td><td><img src="../images/icd-step1.png" alt="Expand Certificates category"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><img src="../images/two.png" alt="step two"/></br>Select a setting.</td><td><img src="../images/icd-step2.png" alt="Select ClientCertificates"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><img src="../images/three.png" alt="step three"/></br>Enter a value for the setting. Click <strong>Add</strong> if the button is displayed.</td><td><img src="../images/icd-step3.png" alt="Enter a name for the certificate"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><img src="../images/four.png" alt="step four"/></br>Some settings, such as this example, require additional information. In <strong>Available customizations</strong>, select the value you just created, and additional settings are displayed.</td><td><img src="../images/icd-step4.png" alt="Additional settings for client certificate"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><img src="../images/five.png" alt="step five"/></br>When the setting is configured, it is displayed in the <strong>Selected customizations</strong> pane.</td><td><img src="../images/icd-step5.png" alt="Selected customizations pane"/></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
For details on each specific setting, see [Windows Provisioning settings reference](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn965990.aspx). The reference topic for a setting is also displayed in Windows Configuration Designer when you select the setting, as shown in the following image.
|
||||
@ -107,22 +109,22 @@ For details on each specific setting, see [Windows Provisioning settings referen
|
||||
1. After you're done configuring your customizations, click **Export** and select **Provisioning Package**.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. In the **Describe the provisioning package** window, enter the following information, and then click **Next**:
|
||||
- **Name** - This field is pre-populated with the project name. You can change this value by entering a different name in the **Name** field.
|
||||
- **Version (in Major.Minor format** - - Optional. You can change the default package version by specifying a new value in the **Version** field.
|
||||
- **Owner** - Select **IT Admin**. For more information, see [Precedence for provisioning packages](provisioning-how-it-works.md#precedence-for-provisioning-packages).
|
||||
- **Rank (between 0-99)** - Optional. You can select a value between 0 and 99, inclusive. The default package rank is 0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. In the **Select security details for the provisioning package** window, you can select to encrypt and/or sign a provisioning package with a selected certificate. Both selections are optional. Click **Next** after you make your selections.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Encrypt package** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
- **Sign package** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
- **Encrypt package** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
- **Sign package** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>You should only configure provisioning package security when the package is used for device provisioning and the package has contents with sensitive security data such as certificates or credentials that should be prevented from being compromised. When applying an encrypted and/or signed provisioning package, either during OOBE or through the setting UI, the package can be decrypted, and if signed, be trusted without explicit user consent. An IT administrator can set policy on a user device to restrict the removal of required packages from the device, or the provisioning of potentially harmful packages on the device.
|
||||
>
|
||||
>If a provisioning package is signed by a trusted provisioner, it can be installed on a device without a prompt for user consent. In order to enable trusted provider certificates, you must set the **TrustedProvisioners** setting prior to installing the trusted provisioning package. This is the only way to install a package without user consent. To provide additional security, you can also set **RequireProvisioningPackageSignature**, which prevents users from installing provisioning packages that are not signed by a trusted provisioner.
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>You should only configure provisioning package security when the package is used for device provisioning and the package has contents with sensitive security data such as certificates or credentials that should be prevented from being compromised. When applying an encrypted and/or signed provisioning package, either during OOBE or through the setting UI, the package can be decrypted, and if signed, be trusted without explicit user consent. An IT administrator can set policy on a user device to restrict the removal of required packages from the device, or the provisioning of potentially harmful packages on the device.
|
||||
>
|
||||
>If a provisioning package is signed by a trusted provisioner, it can be installed on a device without a prompt for user consent. In order to enable trusted provider certificates, you must set the **TrustedProvisioners** setting prior to installing the trusted provisioning package. This is the only way to install a package without user consent. To provide additional security, you can also set **RequireProvisioningPackageSignature**, which prevents users from installing provisioning packages that are not signed by a trusted provisioner.
|
||||
|
||||
4. In the **Select where to save the provisioning package** window, specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built, and then click **Next**. By default, Windows Configuration Designer uses the project folder as the output location.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ A **Target** can have more than one **TargetState**, and a **TargetState** can h
|
||||
|
||||
The following table describes the logic for the target definition.
|
||||
|
||||
<table><tr><td>When all **Condition** elements are TRUE, **TargetState** is TRUE.</td><td></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>If any of the **TargetState** elements is TRUE, **Target** is TRUE, and the **Id** can be used for setting customizations.</td><td></td></tr></table>
|
||||
<table><tr><td>When all <strong>Condition</strong> elements are TRUE, <strong>TargetState</strong> is TRUE.</td><td><img src="../images/icd-multi-targetstate-true.png" alt="Target state is true when all conditions are true"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>If any of the <strong>TargetState</strong> elements is TRUE, <strong>Target</strong> is TRUE, and the <strong>Id</strong> can be used for setting customizations.</td><td><img src="../images/icd-multi-target-true.png" alt="Target is true if any target state is true"/></td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
### Conditions
|
||||
|
||||
@ -117,16 +117,16 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
|
||||
The following example shows the contents of a sample customizations.xml file.
|
||||
|
||||
```XML
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
||||
<ID>{6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}</ID>
|
||||
<Name>My Provisioning Package</Name>
|
||||
<Version>1.0</Version>
|
||||
<OwnerType>OEM</OwnerType>
|
||||
<Rank>50</Rank>
|
||||
</PackageConfig>
|
||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
||||
</PackageConfig>
|
||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
||||
<Customizations>
|
||||
<Common>
|
||||
<Policies>
|
||||
@ -139,25 +139,25 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
|
||||
</HotSpot>
|
||||
</Common>
|
||||
</Customizations>
|
||||
</Settings>
|
||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
</Settings>
|
||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
4. Edit the customizations.xml file to create a **Targets** section to describe the conditions that will handle your multivariant settings.
|
||||
5. Edit the customizations.xml file to create a **Targets** section to describe the conditions that will handle your multivariant settings.
|
||||
|
||||
The following example shows the customizations.xml, which has been modified to include several conditions including **ProcessorName**, **ProcessorType**, **MCC**, and **MNC**.
|
||||
|
||||
```XML
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
||||
<ID>{6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}</ID>
|
||||
<Name>My Provisioning Package</Name>
|
||||
<Version>1.0</Version>
|
||||
<OwnerType>OEM</OwnerType>
|
||||
<Rank>50</Rank>
|
||||
</PackageConfig>
|
||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
||||
</PackageConfig>
|
||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
||||
<Customizations>
|
||||
<Common>
|
||||
<Policies>
|
||||
@ -188,11 +188,11 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
|
||||
</Target>
|
||||
</Targets>
|
||||
</Customizations>
|
||||
</Settings>
|
||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
</Settings>
|
||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
5. In the customizations.xml file, create a **Variant** section for the settings you need to customize. To do this:
|
||||
6. In the customizations.xml file, create a **Variant** section for the settings you need to customize. To do this:
|
||||
|
||||
a. Define a child **TargetRefs** element.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -208,16 +208,16 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
|
||||
The following example shows the customizations.xml updated to include a **Variant** section and the moved settings that will be applied if the conditions for the variant are met.
|
||||
|
||||
```XML
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
||||
<ID>{6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}</ID>
|
||||
<Name>My Provisioning Package</Name>
|
||||
<Version>1.0</Version>
|
||||
<OwnerType>OEM</OwnerType>
|
||||
<Rank>50</Rank>
|
||||
</PackageConfig>
|
||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
||||
</PackageConfig>
|
||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
||||
<Customizations>
|
||||
<Common>
|
||||
</Common>
|
||||
@ -256,14 +256,14 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
|
||||
</Settings>
|
||||
</Variant>
|
||||
</Customizations>
|
||||
</Settings>
|
||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
</Settings>
|
||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
6. Save the updated customizations.xml file and note the path to this updated file. You will need the path as one of the values for the next step.
|
||||
7. Save the updated customizations.xml file and note the path to this updated file. You will need the path as one of the values for the next step.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
7. Use the [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface](provisioning-command-line.md) to create a provisioning package using the updated customizations.xml.
|
||||
8. Use the [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface](provisioning-command-line.md) to create a provisioning package using the updated customizations.xml.
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ The following events trigger provisioning on Windows 10 devices:
|
||||
- [PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows 10 (reference)](provisioning-powershell.md)
|
||||
- [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface (reference)](provisioning-command-line.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: Provisioning packages (Windows 10)
|
||||
description: With Windows 10, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
|
||||
description: With Windows 10, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
|
||||
ms.assetid: 287706E5-063F-4AB5-902C-A0DF6D0730BC
|
||||
ms.reviewer:
|
||||
manager: dansimp
|
||||
@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ ms.date: 07/27/2017
|
||||
|
||||
**Applies to**
|
||||
|
||||
- Windows 10
|
||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
||||
- Windows 10
|
||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
||||
|
||||
Windows provisioning makes it easy for IT administrators to configure end-user devices without imaging. Using Windows provisioning, an IT administrator can easily specify desired configuration and settings required to enroll the devices into management and then apply that configuration to target devices in a matter of minutes. It is best suited for small- to medium-sized businesses with deployments that range from tens to a few hundred computers.
|
||||
|
||||
A provisioning package (.ppkg) is a container for a collection of configuration settings. With Windows 10, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
|
||||
A provisioning package (.ppkg) is a container for a collection of configuration settings. With Windows 10, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
|
||||
|
||||
Provisioning packages are simple enough that with a short set of written instructions, a student or non-technical employee can use them to configure their device. This can result in a significant reduction in the time required to configure multiple devices in your organization.
|
||||
|
||||
The [Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) includes the Windows Configuration Designer, a tool for configuring provisioning packages. Windows Configuration Designer is also available as an [app in the Microsoft Store](https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9nblggh4tx22).
|
||||
The [Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) includes the Windows Configuration Designer, a tool for configuring provisioning packages. Windows Configuration Designer is also available as an [app in the Microsoft Store](https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9nblggh4tx22).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -75,16 +75,16 @@ Provisioning packages can be:
|
||||
The following table describes settings that you can configure using the wizards in Windows Configuration Designer to create provisioning packages.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<table><tr><td align="left">**Step**</td><td align="left">**Description**</td><td>**Desktop wizard**</td><td align="center">**Mobile wizard**</td><td>**Kiosk wizard**</td><td>**HoloLens wizard**</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Set up device</td><td valign="top">Assign device name,</br>enter product key to upgrade Windows,</br>configure shared used,</br>remove pre-installed software</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></br>(Only device name and upgrade key)</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Set up network</td><td valign="top">Connect to a Wi-Fi network</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Account management</td><td valign="top">Enroll device in Active Directory,</br>enroll device in Azure Active Directory,</br>or create a local administrator account</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Bulk Enrollment in Azure AD</td><td valign="top">Enroll device in Azure Active Directory</br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, [set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup).</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Add applications</td><td valign="top">Install applications using the provisioning package.</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Add certificates</td><td valign="top">Include a certificate file in the provisioning package.</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Configure kiosk account and app</td><td valign="top">Create local account to run the kiosk mode app,</br>specify the app to run in kiosk mode</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Configure kiosk common settings</td><td valign="top">Set tablet mode,</br>configure welcome and shutdown screens,</br>turn off timeout settings</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Developer Setup</td><td valign="top">Enable Developer Mode.</td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td><td align="center" valign="top"></td></tr></table>
|
||||
<table><tr><td align="left"><strong>Step</strong></td><td align="left"><strong>Description</strong></td><td><strong>Desktop wizard</strong></td><td align="center"><strong>Mobile wizard</strong></td><td><strong>Kiosk wizard</strong></td><td><strong>HoloLens wizard</strong></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Set up device</td><td valign="top">Assign device name,</br>enter product key to upgrade Windows,</br>configure shared used,</br>remove pre-installed software</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></br>(Only device name and upgrade key)</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Set up network</td><td valign="top">Connect to a Wi-Fi network</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Account management</td><td valign="top">Enroll device in Active Directory,</br>enroll device in Azure Active Directory,</br>or create a local administrator account</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Bulk Enrollment in Azure AD</td><td valign="top">Enroll device in Azure Active Directory</br></br>Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup" data-raw-source="[set up Azure AD join in your organization](https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup)">set up Azure AD join in your organization</a>.</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Add applications</td><td valign="top">Install applications using the provisioning package.</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Add certificates</td><td valign="top">Include a certificate file in the provisioning package.</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Configure kiosk account and app</td><td valign="top">Create local account to run the kiosk mode app,</br>specify the app to run in kiosk mode</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Configure kiosk common settings</td><td valign="top">Set tablet mode,</br>configure welcome and shutdown screens,</br>turn off timeout settings</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top">Developer Setup</td><td valign="top">Enable Developer Mode.</td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/crossmark.png" alt="no"/></td><td align="center" valign="top"><img src="../images/checkmark.png" alt="yes"/></td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
- [Instructions for the desktop wizard](provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md)
|
||||
- [Instructions for the mobile wizard](../mobile-devices/provisioning-configure-mobile.md)
|
||||
@ -99,19 +99,21 @@ The following table describes settings that you can configure using the wizards
|
||||
|
||||
The following table provides some examples of settings that you can configure using the Windows Configuration Designer advanced editor to create provisioning packages.
|
||||
|
||||
| Customization options | Examples |
|
||||
|--------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|
||||
| Customization options | Examples |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| Bulk Active Directory join and device name | Join devices to Active Directory domain and assign device names using hardware-specific serial numbers or random characters |
|
||||
| Applications | Windows apps, line-of-business applications |
|
||||
| Bulk enrollment into MDM | Automatic enrollment into a third-party MDM service\* |
|
||||
| Certificates | Root certification authority (CA), client certificates |
|
||||
| Connectivity profiles | Wi-Fi, proxy settings, Email |
|
||||
| Enterprise policies | Security restrictions (password, device lock, camera, and so on), encryption, update settings |
|
||||
| Data assets | Documents, music, videos, pictures |
|
||||
| Start menu customization | Start menu layout, application pinning |
|
||||
| Other | Home and lock screen wallpaper, computer name, domain join, DNS settings, and so on |
|
||||
| Applications | Windows apps, line-of-business applications |
|
||||
| Bulk enrollment into MDM | Automatic enrollment into a third-party MDM service\* |
|
||||
| Certificates | Root certification authority (CA), client certificates |
|
||||
| Connectivity profiles | Wi-Fi, proxy settings, Email |
|
||||
| Enterprise policies | Security restrictions (password, device lock, camera, and so on), encryption, update settings |
|
||||
| Data assets | Documents, music, videos, pictures |
|
||||
| Start menu customization | Start menu layout, application pinning |
|
||||
| Other | Home and lock screen wallpaper, computer name, domain join, DNS settings, and so on |
|
||||
|
||||
\* Using a provisioning package for auto-enrollment to System Center Configuration Manager or Configuration Manager/Intune hybrid is not supported. Use the Configuration Manager console to enroll devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
For details about the settings you can customize in provisioning packages, see [Windows Provisioning settings reference]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=619012).
|
||||
|
||||
@ -131,7 +133,7 @@ Windows ICD in Windows 10, version 1607, supported the following scenarios for I
|
||||
> [Learn how to use simple provisioning to configure Windows 10 computers.](provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* **Advanced provisioning (deployment of classic (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, and certificates)** – Allows an IT administrator to use Windows ICD to open provisioning packages in the advanced settings editor and include apps for deployment on end-user devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* **Mobile device enrollment into management** - Enables IT administrators to purchase off-the-shelf retail Windows 10 Mobile devices and enroll them into mobile device management (MDM) before handing them to end-users in the organization. IT administrators can use Windows ICD to specify the management end-point and apply the configuration on target devices by connecting them to a Windows PC (tethered deployment) or through an SD card. Supported management end-points include:
|
||||
|
||||
* System Center Configuration Manager and Microsoft Intune hybrid (certificate-based enrollment)
|
||||
@ -166,9 +168,9 @@ Windows ICD in Windows 10, version 1607, supported the following scenarios for I
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ Windows 10, version 1703, ships with Windows Provisioning PowerShell cmdlets. Th
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<table><tr><th>Cmdlet</th><th>Use this cmdlet to</th><th>Syntax</th></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Add-ProvisioningPackage</td><td> Apply a provisioning package</td><td>```Add-ProvisioningPackage [-Path] <string> [-ForceInstall] [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]```</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td rowspan="3">Remove-ProvisioningPackage</td><td rowspan="3">Remove a provisioning package</td><td> ```Remove-ProvisioningPackage -PackageId <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr><tr><td> ```Remove-ProvisioningPackage -Path <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr><tr><td> ```Remove-ProvisioningPackage -AllInstalledPackages [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td rowspan="3">Get-ProvisioningPackage </td><td rowspan="3"> Get information about an installed provisioning package </td><td> ```Get-ProvisioningPackage -PackageId <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr><tr><td>```Get-ProvisioningPackage -Path <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr><tr><td> ```Get-ProvisioningPackage -AllInstalledPackages [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td rowspan="2"> Export-ProvisioningPackage</td><td rowspan="2"> Extract the contents of a provisioning package</td><td> ```Export-ProvisioningPackage -PackageId <string> -OutputFolder <string> [-Overwrite] [-AnswerFileOnly] [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr><tr><td> ```Export-ProvisioningPackage -Path <string> -OutputFolder <string> [-Overwrite] [-AnswerFileOnly] [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]``` </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td> Install-TrustedProvisioningCertificate </td><td> Adds a certificate to the Trusted Certificate store </td><td>```Install-TrustedProvisioningCertificate <path to local certificate file on disk>``` </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Get-TrustedProvisioningCertificate</td><td> List all installed trusted provisioning certificates; use this cmdlet to get the certificate thumbprint to use with the **Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate** cmdlet</td><td>```Get-TrustedProvisioningCertificate```</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate </td><td> Remove a previously installed provisioning certificate</td><td>```Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate <thumbprint>```</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Add-ProvisioningPackage</td><td> Apply a provisioning package</td><td><code>Add-ProvisioningPackage [-Path] <string> [-ForceInstall] [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td rowspan="3">Remove-ProvisioningPackage</td><td rowspan="3">Remove a provisioning package</td><td> <code>Remove-ProvisioningPackage -PackageId <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr><tr><td> <code>Remove-ProvisioningPackage -Path <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr><tr><td> <code>Remove-ProvisioningPackage -AllInstalledPackages [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td rowspan="3">Get-ProvisioningPackage </td><td rowspan="3"> Get information about an installed provisioning package </td><td> <code>Get-ProvisioningPackage -PackageId <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr><tr><td><code>Get-ProvisioningPackage -Path <string> [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr><tr><td> <code>Get-ProvisioningPackage -AllInstalledPackages [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td rowspan="2"> Export-ProvisioningPackage</td><td rowspan="2"> Extract the contents of a provisioning package</td><td> <code>Export-ProvisioningPackage -PackageId <string> -OutputFolder <string> [-Overwrite] [-AnswerFileOnly] [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr><tr><td> <code>Export-ProvisioningPackage -Path <string> -OutputFolder <string> [-Overwrite] [-AnswerFileOnly] [-LogsFolder <string>] [-WprpFile <string>] [<CommonParameters>]</code> </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td> Install-TrustedProvisioningCertificate </td><td> Adds a certificate to the Trusted Certificate store </td><td><code>Install-TrustedProvisioningCertificate <path to local certificate file on disk></code> </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Get-TrustedProvisioningCertificate</td><td> List all installed trusted provisioning certificates; use this cmdlet to get the certificate thumbprint to use with the <strong>Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate</strong> cmdlet</td><td><code>Get-TrustedProvisioningCertificate</code></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate </td><td> Remove a previously installed provisioning certificate</td><td><code>Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate <thumbprint></code></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ Trace logs are captured when using cmdlets. The following logs are available in
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ Windows 10, version 1607, introduced *shared PC mode*, which optimizes Windows 1
|
||||
> [!NOTE]
|
||||
> If you're interested in using Windows 10 for shared PCs in a school, see [Use Set up School PCs app](https://technet.microsoft.com/edu/windows/use-set-up-school-pcs-app) which provides a simple way to configure PCs with shared PC mode plus additional settings specific for education.
|
||||
|
||||
##Shared PC mode concepts
|
||||
## Shared PC mode concepts
|
||||
A Windows 10 PC in shared PC mode is designed to be management- and maintenance-free with high reliability. In shared PC mode, only one user can be signed in at a time. When the PC is locked, the currently signed in user can always be signed out at the lock screen.
|
||||
|
||||
###Account models
|
||||
### Account models
|
||||
It is intended that shared PCs are joined to an Active Directory or Azure Active Directory domain by a user with the necessary rights to perform a domain join as part of a setup process. This enables any user that is part of the directory to sign-in to the PC. If using Azure Active Directory Premium, any domain user can also be configured to sign in with administrative rights. Additionally, shared PC mode can be configured to enable a **Guest** option on the sign-in screen, which doesn't require any user credentials or authentication, and creates a new local account each time it is used. Windows 10, version 1703, introduces a **kiosk mode** account. Shared PC mode can be configured to enable a **Kiosk** option on the sign-in screen, which doesn't require any user credentials or authentication, and creates a new local account each time it is used to run a specified app in assigned access (kiosk) mode.
|
||||
|
||||
###Account management
|
||||
### Account management
|
||||
When the account management service is turned on in shared PC mode, accounts are automatically deleted. Account deletion applies to Active Directory, Azure Active Directory, and local accounts that are created by the **Guest** and **Kiosk** options. Account management is performed both at sign-off time (to make sure there is enough disk space for the next user) as well as during system maintenance time periods. Shared PC mode can be configured to delete accounts immediately at sign-out or when disk space is low. In Windows 10, version 1703, an inactive option is added which deletes accounts if they haven't signed in after a specified number of days.
|
||||
|
||||
###Maintenance and sleep
|
||||
### Maintenance and sleep
|
||||
Shared PC mode is configured to take advantage of maintenance time periods which run while the PC is not in use. Therefore, sleep is strongly recommended so that the PC can wake up when it is not is use to perform maintenance, clean up accounts, and run Windows Update. The recommended settings can be set by choosing **SetPowerPolicies** in the list of shared PC options. Additionally, on devices without Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) wake alarms, shared PC mode will always override real-time clock (RTC) wake alarms to be allowed to wake the PC from sleep (by default, RTC wake alarms are off). This ensures that the widest variety of hardware will take advantage of maintenance periods.
|
||||
|
||||
While shared PC mode does not configure Windows Update itself, it is strongly recommended to configure Windows Update to automatically install updates and reboot (if necessary) during maintenance hours. This will help ensure the PC is always up to date and not interrupting users with updates.
|
||||
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Use one of the following methods to configure Windows Update:
|
||||
|
||||
[Learn more about the AllowAutoUpdate settings](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn904962.aspx#Update_AllowAutoUpdate)
|
||||
|
||||
###App behavior
|
||||
### App behavior
|
||||
|
||||
Apps can take advantage of shared PC mode with the following three APIs:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Apps can take advantage of shared PC mode with the following three APIs:
|
||||
- [IsEducationEnvironment](https://docs.microsoft.com/uwp/api/windows.system.profile.educationsettings) - This informs apps when the PC is used in an education environment. Apps may want to handle diagnostic data differently or hide advertising functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###Customization
|
||||
### Customization
|
||||
Shared PC mode exposes a set of customizations to tailor the behavior to your requirements. These customizations are the options that you'll set either using MDM or a provisioning package as explained in [Configuring shared PC mode on Windows](#configuring-shared-pc-mode-on-windows). The options are listed in the following table.
|
||||
|
||||
| Setting | Value |
|
||||
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Shared PC mode exposes a set of customizations to tailor the behavior to your re
|
||||
[Policies: Authentication](wcd/wcd-policies.md#authentication) (optional related setting) | Enables a quick first sign-in experience for a user by automatically connecting new non-admin Azure AD accounts to the pre-configured candidate local accounts.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
##Configuring shared PC mode on Windows
|
||||
## Configuring shared PC mode on Windows
|
||||
You can configure Windows to be in shared PC mode in a couple different ways:
|
||||
- Mobile device management (MDM): Shared PC mode is enabled by the [SharedPC configuration service provider (CSP)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt723294.aspx). Your MDM policy can contain any of the options listed in the [Customization](#customization) section. The following image shows a Microsoft Intune policy with the shared PC options added as OMA-URI settings. [Learn more about Windows 10 policy settings in Microsoft Intune.](https://docs.microsoft.com/intune/deploy-use/windows-10-policy-settings-in-microsoft-intune)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -118,36 +118,36 @@ Get-CimInstance -Namespace "root\cimv2\mdm\dmmap" -ClassName MDM_SharedPC
|
||||
|
||||
1. [Install Windows Configuration Designer](provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
2. On the **Start page**, select **Advanced provisioning**.
|
||||
3. Enter a name and (optionally) a description for the project, and click **Next**.
|
||||
4. Select **All Windows desktop editions**, and click **Next**.
|
||||
5. Click **Finish**. Your project opens in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
6. Go to **Runtime settings** > **SharedPC**. [Select the desired settings for shared PC mode.](#customization)
|
||||
7. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
||||
8. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
9. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
10. Set a value for **Package Version**.
|
||||
2. Open Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
3. On the **Start page**, select **Advanced provisioning**.
|
||||
4. Enter a name and (optionally) a description for the project, and click **Next**.
|
||||
5. Select **All Windows desktop editions**, and click **Next**.
|
||||
6. Click **Finish**. Your project opens in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
7. Go to **Runtime settings** > **SharedPC**. [Select the desired settings for shared PC mode.](#customization)
|
||||
8. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
||||
9. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
10. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
11. Set a value for **Package Version**.
|
||||
> [!TIP]
|
||||
> You can make changes to existing packages and change the version number to update previously applied packages.
|
||||
|
||||
11. (*Optional*) In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
|
||||
12. (*Optional*) In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> We recommend that you include a trusted provisioning certificate in your provisioning package. When the package is applied to a device, the certificate is added to the system store and any package signed with that certificate thereafter can be applied silently.
|
||||
|
||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built. By default, Windows Configuration Designer uses the project folder as the output location.
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> We recommend that you include a trusted provisioning certificate in your provisioning package. When the package is applied to a device, the certificate is added to the system store and any package signed with that certificate thereafter can be applied silently.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built. By default, Windows Configuration Designer uses the project folder as the output location.
|
||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
||||
14. Click **Next**.
|
||||
15. Click **Build** to start building the package. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
||||
16. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
16. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can provide that .ppkg to others through any of the following methods:
|
||||
17. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can provide that .ppkg to others through any of the following methods:
|
||||
|
||||
- Shared network folder
|
||||
|
||||
@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ You can apply the provisioning package to a PC during initial setup or to a PC t
|
||||
|
||||
2. Insert the USB drive. If nothing happens when you insert the USB drive, press the Windows key five times.
|
||||
|
||||
- If there is only one provisioning package on the USB drive, the provisioning package is applied.
|
||||
- If there is only one provisioning package on the USB drive, the provisioning package is applied.
|
||||
|
||||
- If there is more than one provisioning package on the USB drive, the **Set up device?** message displays. Click **Set up**, and select the provisioning package that you want to install.
|
||||
- If there is more than one provisioning package on the USB drive, the **Set up device?** message displays. Click **Set up**, and select the provisioning package that you want to install.
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
3. Complete the setup process.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -224,34 +224,34 @@ Shared PC mode sets local group policies to configure the device. Some of these
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><th><p>Policy name</p></th><th><p>Value</p></th><th><p>When set?</p></th></tr> </thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><p><strong>Admin Templates</strong> > <strong>Control Panel</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><p><strong>Admin Templates</strong> > <strong>Control Panel</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Prevent enabling lock screen slide show</p></td><td><p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Prevent changing lock screen and logon image</p></td><td><p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><p><strong>Admin Templates</strong> > <strong>System</strong> > <strong>Power Management</strong> > <strong>Button Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><p><strong>Admin Templates</strong> > <strong>System</strong> > <strong>Power Management</strong> > <strong>Button Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Select the Power button action (plugged in)</p></td><td><p>Sleep</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Select the Power button action (on battery)</p></td><td><p>Sleep</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Select the Sleep button action (plugged in)</p></td><td><p>Sleep</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Select the lid switch action (plugged in)</p></td><td><p>Sleep</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Select the lid switch action (on battery)</p></td><td><p>Sleep</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><p><strong>Admin Templates</strong> > <strong>System</strong> > <strong>Power Management</strong> > <strong>Sleep Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><p><strong>Admin Templates</strong> > <strong>System</strong> > <strong>Power Management</strong> > <strong>Sleep Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Require a password when a computer wakes (plugged in)</p></td><td><p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SignInOnResume=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Require a password when a computer wakes (on battery)</p></td><td><p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SignInOnResume=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Specify the system sleep timeout (plugged in)</p></td><td><p>*SleepTimeout*</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Specify the system sleep timeout (on battery)</p></td><td><p>*SleepTimeout*</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Specify the system sleep timeout (plugged in)</p></td><td><p><em>SleepTimeout</em></p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p>Specify the system sleep timeout (on battery)</p></td><td><p><em>SleepTimeout</em></p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off hybrid sleep (plugged in)</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off hybrid sleep (on battery)</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Specify the unattended sleep timeout (plugged in)</p></td> <td> <p>*SleepTimeout*</p> </td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Specify the unattended sleep timeout (on battery)</p></td> <td> <p>*SleepTimeout*</p> </td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Specify the unattended sleep timeout (plugged in)</p></td> <td> <p><em>SleepTimeout</em></p> </td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Specify the unattended sleep timeout (on battery)</p></td> <td> <p><em>SleepTimeout</em></p> </td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Allow standby states (S1-S3) when sleeping (plugged in)</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Allow standby states (S1-S3) when sleeping (on battery)</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td> <td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Specify the system hibernate timeout (plugged in)</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled, 0</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Specify the system hibernate timeout (on battery)</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled, 0</p></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>Power Management</strong>><strong>Video and Display Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off the display (plugged in)</p></td> <td> <p>*SleepTimeout*</p> </td></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off the display (on battery</p></td> <td> <p>*SleepTimeout*</p> </td></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>Power Management</strong>><strong>Energy Saver Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>Power Management</strong>><strong>Video and Display Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off the display (plugged in)</p></td> <td> <p><em>SleepTimeout</em></p> </td></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off the display (on battery</p></td> <td> <p><em>SleepTimeout</em></p> </td></td><td><p>SetPowerPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>Power Management</strong>><strong>Energy Saver Settings</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Energy Saver Battery Threshold (on battery)</td><td>70</td><td>SetPowerPolicies=True</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>Logon</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>Logon</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Show first sign-in animation</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Hide entry points for Fast User Switching</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn on convenience PIN sign-in</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
@ -260,35 +260,35 @@ Shared PC mode sets local group policies to configure the device. Some of these
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Allow users to select when a password is required when resuming from connected standby</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>SignInOnResume=True</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Block user from showing account details on sign-in</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>User Profiles</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>System</strong>><strong>User Profiles</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off the advertising ID</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SetEduPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components </strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components </strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Do not show Windows Tips </p> </td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SetEduPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Turn off Microsoft consumer experiences </p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>SetEduPolicies=True</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Microsoft Passport for Work</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Prevent the usage of OneDrive for file storage</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Biometrics</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Biometrics</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Allow the use of biometrics</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Allow users to log on using biometrics</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Allow domain users to log on using biometrics</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Data Collection and Preview Builds</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Data Collection and Preview Builds</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Toggle user control over Insider builds</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Disable pre-release features or settings</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Do not show feedback notifications</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Allow Telemetry</td><td>Basic, 0</td><td>SetEduPolicies=True</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>File Explorer</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>File Explorer</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Show lock in the user tile menu</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Maintenance Scheduler</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Automatic Maintenance Activation Boundary</p></td> <td> <p>*MaintenanceStartTime*</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Maintenance Scheduler</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Automatic Maintenance Activation Boundary</p></td> <td> <p><em>MaintenanceStartTime</em></p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Automatic Maintenance Random Delay</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled, 2 hours</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Automatic Maintenance WakeUp Policy</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Windows Hello for Business</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>Windows Hello for Business</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Use phone sign-in</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Use Windows Hello for Business</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Use biometrics</p></td> <td> <p>Disabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>OneDrive</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Admin Templates</strong>><strong>Windows Components</strong>><strong>OneDrive</strong></p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Prevent the usage of OneDrive for file storage</p></td> <td> <p>Enabled</p></td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Windows Settings</strong>><strong>Security Settings</strong>><strong>Local Policies</strong>><strong>Security Options</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<tr> <td colspan="3"> <p><strong>Windows Settings</strong>><strong>Security Settings</strong>><strong>Local Policies</strong>><strong>Security Options</strong></p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Interactive logon: Do not display last user name</p> </td> <td> <p>Enabled, Disabled when account model is only guest</p> </td><td><p>Always</p></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr> <td> <p>Interactive logon: Sign-in last interactive user automatically after a system-initiated restart</p> </td> <td> <p>Disabled</p> </td> <td><p>Always</p></td>
|
||||
@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Shared PC mode sets local group policies to configure the device. Some of these
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Additionally, users may see blank tiles if logon was attempted without network c
|
||||
1. The App or Apps work fine when you click on the tiles.
|
||||
2. The tiles are blank, have a generic placeholder icon, have the wrong or strange title information.
|
||||
3. The app is missing, but listed as installed via Powershell and works if you launch via URI.
|
||||
- Example: `windows-feedback://`
|
||||
- Example: `windows-feedback://`
|
||||
4. In some cases, Start can be blank, and Action Center and Cortana do not launch.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!Note]
|
||||
|
@ -543,9 +543,9 @@ Once you have created the LayoutModification.xml file and it is present in the d
|
||||
- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
||||
- [Start layout XML for mobile editions of Windows 10 (reference)](mobile-devices/start-layout-xml-mobile.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ In Windows 10, version 1703, by using the PowerShell cmdlet `export-StartLayoutE
|
||||
Use a file name of your choice—for example, StartLayoutMarketing.xml. Include the .xml file name extension. The [Export-StartLayout](https://docs.microsoft.com/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout?view=win10-ps) cmdlet does not append the file name extension, and the policy settings require the extension.
|
||||
|
||||
3. If you’d like to change the image for a secondary tile to your own custom image, open the layout.xml file, and look for the images that the tile references.
|
||||
- For example, your layout.xml contains `Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appdata:///local/PinnedTiles/21581260870/hires.png" Wide310x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///"`
|
||||
- Open `C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Local\Packages\Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe\LocalState\PinnedTiles\21581260870\` and replace those images with your customized images.
|
||||
- For example, your layout.xml contains `Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appdata:///local/PinnedTiles/21581260870/hires.png" Wide310x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///"`
|
||||
- Open `C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Local\Packages\Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe\LocalState\PinnedTiles\21581260870\` and replace those images with your customized images.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!TIP]
|
||||
>A quick method for getting appropriately sized images for each tile size is to upload your image at [BuildMyPinnedSite](http://www.buildmypinnedsite.com/) and then download the resized tile images.
|
||||
>[!TIP]
|
||||
>A quick method for getting appropriately sized images for each tile size is to upload your image at [BuildMyPinnedSite](http://www.buildmypinnedsite.com/) and then download the resized tile images.
|
||||
|
||||
4. In Windows PowerShell, enter the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
|
||||
1. Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
|
||||
|
||||
2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -157,56 +157,56 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
|
||||
|
||||
9. Enter **assets.xml**. This value creates a placeholder in the customizations.xml file that you will replace with the contents of the assets.xml file in a later step.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Save your project and close Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
10. Save your project and close Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
|
||||
7. In File Explorer, open the project's directory. (The default location is C:\Users\\*user name*\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\\*project name*)
|
||||
11. In File Explorer, open the project's directory. (The default location is C:\Users\\*user name*\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\\*project name*)
|
||||
|
||||
7. Open the customizations.xml file in a text editor. The **<Customizations>** section will look like this:
|
||||
12. Open the customizations.xml file in a text editor. The **<Customizations>** section will look like this:
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
7. Replace **layout.xml** with the text from the layout.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
|
||||
13. Replace **layout.xml** with the text from the layout.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
|
||||
|
||||
8. Replace **assets.xml** with the text from the assets.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
|
||||
14. Replace **assets.xml** with the text from the assets.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
|
||||
|
||||
8. Save and close the customizations.xml file.
|
||||
15. Save and close the customizations.xml file.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Open Windows Configuration Designer and open your project.
|
||||
16. Open Windows Configuration Designer and open your project.
|
||||
|
||||
8. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
||||
17. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
||||
|
||||
9. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
18. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
19. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
||||
|
||||
11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
20. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
||||
|
||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
|
||||
21. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
||||
22. Click **Next**.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
||||
23. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
||||
24. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
||||
|
||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Copy the provisioning package to the target device.
|
||||
25. Copy the provisioning package to the target device.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Double-click the ppkg file and allow it to install.
|
||||
26. Double-click the ppkg file and allow it to install.
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
||||
- [Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
||||
- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
|
||||
|
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ The Process data type is a container used to describe processes to be monitored
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<a href="" id="processes"></a>**Processes**
|
||||
The Processes data type represents a container for a collection of one or more Process elements. Two child elements are supported in the Processes sequence type: **Process** and **ShellProcess**. Process is an element of type Process and ShellProcess is of data type Empty. At least one item must be identified in the sequence.
|
||||
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Settings is a container for all the settings that apply to a particular template
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="name21"></a>Name Element
|
||||
|
||||
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ UE-V does not reference external DTDs, so it is not possible to use named entiti
|
||||
|
||||
See <http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/dtds.html> for a complete list of character entities. UTF-8-encoded documents may include the Unicode characters directly. Saving templates through the UE-V template generator converts character entities to their Unicode representations automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="id21"></a>ID Element
|
||||
|
||||
@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ This value is queried to determine if a new version of a template should be appl
|
||||
|
||||
- When the microsoft\\uev:SettingsLocationTemplate Update method is called through WMI
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="author21"></a>Author Element
|
||||
|
||||
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ A value of **True** indicates that the string contains illegal characters. Here
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
The UE-V template generator encodes the greater than and less than characters as > and < respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In rare circumstances, the FileName value will not necessarily include the .exe extension, but it should be specified as part of the value. For example, `<Filename>MyApplication.exe</Filename>` should be specified instead of `<Filename>MyApplication</Filename>`. The second example will not apply the template to the process if the actual name of the executable file is “MyApplication.exe”.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ If this element is absent, the settings location template ignores the process’
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
UE-V does not support ARM processors in this version.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### ProductName
|
||||
|
||||
@ -494,11 +494,11 @@ Application is a container for settings that apply to a particular application.
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Name</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies a unique name for the settings location template. This is used for display purposes when referencing the template in WMI, PowerShell, Event Viewer and debug logs. For more information, see [Name](#name21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies a unique name for the settings location template. This is used for display purposes when referencing the template in WMI, PowerShell, Event Viewer and debug logs. For more information, see <a href="#name21" data-raw-source="[Name](#name21)">Name</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>ID</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the primary identifier that the UE-V service uses to reference the template at runtime. For more information, see [ID](#id21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the primary identifier that the UE-V service uses to reference the template at runtime. For more information, see <a href="#id21" data-raw-source="[ID](#id21)">ID</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Description</p></td>
|
||||
@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ Application is a container for settings that apply to a particular application.
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Version</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Identifies the version of the settings location template for administrative tracking of changes. For more information, see [Version](#version21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Identifies the version of the settings location template for administrative tracking of changes. For more information, see <a href="#version21" data-raw-source="[Version](#version21)">Version</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>DeferToMSAccount</p></td>
|
||||
@ -530,16 +530,16 @@ Application is a container for settings that apply to a particular application.
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Processes</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>A container for a collection of one or more Process elements. For more information, see [Processes](#processes21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>A container for a collection of one or more Process elements. For more information, see <a href="#processes21" data-raw-source="[Processes](#processes21)">Processes</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Settings</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>A container for all the settings that apply to a particular template. It contains instances of the Registry, File, SystemParameter, and CustomAction settings. For more information, see <strong>Settings</strong> in [Data types](#data21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>A container for all the settings that apply to a particular template. It contains instances of the Registry, File, SystemParameter, and CustomAction settings. For more information, see <strong>Settings</strong> in <a href="#data21" data-raw-source="[Data types](#data21)">Data types</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="common21"></a>Common Element
|
||||
|
||||
@ -557,11 +557,11 @@ Common is similar to an Application element, but it is always associated with tw
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Name</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies a unique name for the settings location template. This is used for display purposes when referencing the template in WMI, PowerShell, Event Viewer and debug logs. For more information, see [Name](#name21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies a unique name for the settings location template. This is used for display purposes when referencing the template in WMI, PowerShell, Event Viewer and debug logs. For more information, see <a href="#name21" data-raw-source="[Name](#name21)">Name</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>ID</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the primary identifier that the UE-V service uses to reference the template at runtime. For more information, see [ID](#id21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the primary identifier that the UE-V service uses to reference the template at runtime. For more information, see <a href="#id21" data-raw-source="[ID](#id21)">ID</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Description</p></td>
|
||||
@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ Common is similar to an Application element, but it is always associated with tw
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Version</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Identifies the version of the settings location template for administrative tracking of changes. For more information, see [Version](#version21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Identifies the version of the settings location template for administrative tracking of changes. For more information, see <a href="#version21" data-raw-source="[Version](#version21)">Version</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>DeferToMSAccount</p></td>
|
||||
@ -593,12 +593,12 @@ Common is similar to an Application element, but it is always associated with tw
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Settings</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>A container for all the settings that apply to a particular template. It contains instances of the Registry, File, SystemParameter, and CustomAction settings. For more information, see <strong>Settings</strong> in [Data types](#data21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>A container for all the settings that apply to a particular template. It contains instances of the Registry, File, SystemParameter, and CustomAction settings. For more information, see <strong>Settings</strong> in <a href="#data21" data-raw-source="[Data types](#data21)">Data types</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="settingslocationtemplate21"></a>SettingsLocationTemplate Element
|
||||
|
||||
@ -616,11 +616,11 @@ This element defines the settings for a single application or a suite of applica
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Name</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies a unique name for the settings location template. This is used for display purposes when referencing the template in WMI, PowerShell, Event Viewer and debug logs. For more information, see [Name](#name21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies a unique name for the settings location template. This is used for display purposes when referencing the template in WMI, PowerShell, Event Viewer and debug logs. For more information, see <a href="#name21" data-raw-source="[Name](#name21)">Name</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>ID</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the primary identifier that the UE-V service uses to reference the template at runtime. For more information, see [ID](#id21).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the primary identifier that the UE-V service uses to reference the template at runtime. For more information, see <a href="#id21" data-raw-source="[ID](#id21)">ID</a>.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Description</p></td>
|
||||
@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ This element defines the settings for a single application or a suite of applica
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### <a href="" id="appendix21"></a>Appendix: SettingsLocationTemplate.xsd
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -72,13 +72,13 @@ The following policy settings can be configured for UE-V.
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Settings storage path</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Computers and Users</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This Group Policy setting configures where the user settings are to be stored.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enter a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path and variables such as \\Server\SettingsShare\%username%.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enter a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path and variables such as \Server\SettingsShare%username%.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Settings template catalog path</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Computers Only</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This Group Policy setting configures where custom settings location templates are stored. This policy setting also configures whether the catalog is to be used to replace the default Microsoft templates that are installed with the UE-V service.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enter a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path such as \\Server\TemplateShare or a folder location on the computer.</p>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enter a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path such as \Server\TemplateShare or a folder location on the computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>Select the check box to replace the default Microsoft templates.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ The following policy settings can be configured for UE-V.
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Computers and Users</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This Group Policy setting lets you enable or disable User Experience Virtualization (UE-V).</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This setting only has an effect for UE-V 2.x and earlier. For UE-V in Windows 10, version 1607, use the **Enable UE-V** setting.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This setting only has an effect for UE-V 2.x and earlier. For UE-V in Windows 10, version 1607, use the <strong>Enable UE-V</strong> setting.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enable UE-V</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Computers and Users</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This policy setting allows you to enable or disable User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) feature. Reboot is needed for enable to take effect.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This setting only has an effect for UE-V in Windows 10, version 1607. For UE-V 2.x and earlier, choose the **Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)** setting.</p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>This setting only has an effect for UE-V in Windows 10, version 1607. For UE-V 2.x and earlier, choose the <strong>Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)</strong> setting.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
In addition, Group Policy settings are available for many desktop applications and Windows apps. You can use these settings to enable or disable settings synchronization for specific applications.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Windows App Group Policy settings**
|
||||
|
||||
@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ In addition, Group Policy settings are available for many desktop applications a
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
For more information about synchronizing Windows apps, see [Windows App List](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md#win8applist).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ The UE-V Configuration Pack includes tools to:
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- Verify compliance by confirming that UE-V is running.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ It might be necessary to change the PowerShell execution policy to allow these s
|
||||
1. Select **Administration > Client Settings > Properties**
|
||||
|
||||
2. In the **User Agent** tab, set the **PowerShell Execution Policy** to **Bypass**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<a href="" id="create"></a>**Create the first UE-V policy configuration item**
|
||||
|
||||
@ -240,9 +240,9 @@ You can download the [System Center 2012 Configuration Pack for Microsoft User E
|
||||
|
||||
[Manage Configurations for UE-V](uev-manage-configurations.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607 includes a new template generator. If you are
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
3. To open the generator, select **Microsoft Application Virtualization Generator** from the **Start** menu.
|
||||
3. To open the generator, select **Microsoft Application Virtualization Generator** from the **Start** menu.
|
||||
|
||||
4. See [Working with Custom UE-V Templates and the UE-V Template Generator](uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md) for information about how to use the template generator.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ Restoring a user’s device restores the currently registered Template’s setti
|
||||
|
||||
If the user’s UE-V settings storage path, domain, and Computer name match the current user then all of the settings for that user are synchronized, with only the latest settings applied. If a user logs on to a new device for the first time and these criteria are met, the settings data is applied to that device.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
Accessibility and Windows Desktop settings require the user to re-logon to Windows to be applied.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- **Manual Restore**
|
||||
|
||||
@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ WMI and Windows PowerShell commands let you restore application and Windows sett
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**To restore application settings and Windows settings with WMI**
|
||||
|
||||
@ -158,12 +158,14 @@ WMI and Windows PowerShell commands let you restore application and Windows sett
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
UE-V does not provide a settings rollback for Windows apps.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
~~~
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
UE-V does not provide a settings rollback for Windows apps.
|
||||
~~~
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ The WMI and Windows PowerShell features of UE-V include the ability to enable, d
|
||||
|
||||
You must have administrator permissions to update, register, or unregister a settings location template. Administrator permissions are not required to enable, disable, or list templates.
|
||||
|
||||
****To manage settings location templates by using Windows PowerShell****
|
||||
***<em>To manage settings location templates by using Windows PowerShell</em>***
|
||||
|
||||
1. Use an account with administrator rights to open a Windows PowerShell command prompt.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ You must have administrator permissions to update, register, or unregister a set
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The UE-V Windows PowerShell features enable you to manage a group of settings templates that are deployed in your enterprise. Use the following procedure to manage a group of templates by using Windows PowerShell.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -26,169 +26,169 @@ You can use Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) and Windows PowerShell to m
|
||||
|
||||
## To configure the UE-V service with Windows PowerShell
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open a Windows PowerShell window. To manage computer settings that affect all users of the computer by using the *Computer* parameter, open the window with an account that has administrator rights.
|
||||
1. Open a Windows PowerShell window. To manage computer settings that affect all users of the computer by using the *Computer* parameter, open the window with an account that has administrator rights.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Use the following Windows PowerShell commands to configure the service.
|
||||
2. Use the following Windows PowerShell commands to configure the service.
|
||||
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Windows PowerShell command</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Description</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Enable-UEV</code></p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Turns on the UE-V service. Requires reboot.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Disable-UEV</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Turns off the UE-V service. Requires reboot.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevStatus</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Displays whether UE-V service is enabled or disabled, using a Boolean value.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration</code></p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the effective UE-V service settings. User-specific settings have precedence over the computer settings.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser</code></p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the UE-V service settings values for the current user only.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration -Computer</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the UE-V service configuration settings values for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration -Details</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the details for each configuration setting. Displays where the setting is configured or if it uses the default value. Is displayed if the current setting is valid.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableDontSyncWindows8AppSettings</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to not synchronize any Windows apps for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -EnableDontSyncWindows8AppSettings</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to not synchronize any Windows apps for the current computer user.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableFirstUseNotification</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to display notification the first time the service runs for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -DisableFirstUseNotification</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to not display notification the first time that the service runs for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableSettingsImportNotify</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to notify all users on the computer when settings synchronization is delayed.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSettingsImportNotify</em> parameter to disable notification.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -EnableSettingsImportNotify</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to notify the current user when settings synchronization is delayed.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSettingsImportNotify</em> parameter to disable notification.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to synchronize all Windows apps that are not explicitly disabled by the Windows app list for all users of the computer. For more information, see "Get-UevAppxPackage" in [Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md).</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</em> parameter to configure the UE-V service to synchronize only Windows apps that are explicitly enabled by the Windows App List.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser - EnableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to synchronize all Windows apps that are not explicitly disabled by the Windows app list for the current user on the computer. For more information, see "Get-UevAppxPackage" in [Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md).</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</em> parameter to configure the UE-V service to synchronize only Windows apps that are explicitly enabled by the Windows App List.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -DisableSync</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Disables UE-V for all the users on the computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>EnableSync</em> parameter to enable or re-enable.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -DisableSync</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Disables UE-V for the current user on the computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>EnableSync</em> parameter to enable or re-enable.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableTrayIcon</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enables the UE-V icon in the notification area for all users of the computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableTrayIcon</em> parameter to disable the icon.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -MaxPackageSizeInBytes <size in bytes></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to report when a settings package file size reaches the defined threshold for all users on the computer. Sets the threshold package size in bytes.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -MaxPackageSizeInBytes <size in bytes></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to report when a settings package file size reaches the defined threshold. Sets the package size warning threshold for the current user.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SettingsImportNotifyDelayInSeconds</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies the time in seconds before the user is notified for all users of the computer</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SettingsImportNotifyDelayInSeconds</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies the time in seconds before notification for the current user is sent.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SettingsStoragePath <path to _settings_storage_location></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Defines a per-computer settings storage location for all users of the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SettingsStoragePath <path to _settings_storage_location></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Defines a per-user settings storage location.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SettingsTemplateCatalogPath <path to catalog></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the settings template catalog path for all users of the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SyncMethod <sync method></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the synchronization method for all users of the computer: SyncProvider or None.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SyncMethod <sync method></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the synchronization method for the current user: SyncProvider or None.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SyncTimeoutInMilliseconds <timeout in milliseconds></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the synchronization time-out in milliseconds for all users of the computer</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SyncTimeoutInMilliseconds <timeout in milliseconds></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Set the synchronization time-out for the current user.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Clear-UevConfiguration -Computer -<setting name></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Clears the specified setting for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Clear-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -<setting name></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Clears the specified setting for the current user only.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Export-UevConfiguration <settings migration file></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Exports the UE-V computer configuration to a settings migration file. The file name extension must be .uev.</p>
|
||||
<p>The <code>Export</code> cmdlet exports all UE-V service settings that are configurable with the <em>Computer</em> parameter.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Import-UevConfiguration <settings migration file></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Imports the UE-V computer configuration from a settings migration file. The file name extension must be .uev.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<table>
|
||||
<colgroup>
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
<col width="50%" />
|
||||
</colgroup>
|
||||
<thead>
|
||||
<tr class="header">
|
||||
<th align="left">Windows PowerShell command</th>
|
||||
<th align="left">Description</th>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</thead>
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Enable-UEV</code></p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Turns on the UE-V service. Requires reboot.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Disable-UEV</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Turns off the UE-V service. Requires reboot.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevStatus</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Displays whether UE-V service is enabled or disabled, using a Boolean value.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration</code></p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the effective UE-V service settings. User-specific settings have precedence over the computer settings.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser</code></p>
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the UE-V service settings values for the current user only.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration -Computer</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the UE-V service configuration settings values for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Get-UevConfiguration -Details</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Gets the details for each configuration setting. Displays where the setting is configured or if it uses the default value. Is displayed if the current setting is valid.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableDontSyncWindows8AppSettings</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to not synchronize any Windows apps for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -EnableDontSyncWindows8AppSettings</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to not synchronize any Windows apps for the current computer user.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableFirstUseNotification</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to display notification the first time the service runs for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -DisableFirstUseNotification</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to not display notification the first time that the service runs for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableSettingsImportNotify</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to notify all users on the computer when settings synchronization is delayed.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSettingsImportNotify</em> parameter to disable notification.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -EnableSettingsImportNotify</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to notify the current user when settings synchronization is delayed.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSettingsImportNotify</em> parameter to disable notification.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to synchronize all Windows apps that are not explicitly disabled by the Windows app list for all users of the computer. For more information, see "Get-UevAppxPackage" in <a href="uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md" data-raw-source="[Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md)">Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</em> parameter to configure the UE-V service to synchronize only Windows apps that are explicitly enabled by the Windows App List.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser - EnableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to synchronize all Windows apps that are not explicitly disabled by the Windows app list for the current user on the computer. For more information, see "Get-UevAppxPackage" in <a href="uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md" data-raw-source="[Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md)">Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableSyncUnlistedWindows8Apps</em> parameter to configure the UE-V service to synchronize only Windows apps that are explicitly enabled by the Windows App List.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -DisableSync</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Disables UE-V for all the users on the computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>EnableSync</em> parameter to enable or re-enable.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -DisableSync</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Disables UE-V for the current user on the computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>EnableSync</em> parameter to enable or re-enable.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -EnableTrayIcon</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Enables the UE-V icon in the notification area for all users of the computer.</p>
|
||||
<p>Use the <em>DisableTrayIcon</em> parameter to disable the icon.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -MaxPackageSizeInBytes <size in bytes></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to report when a settings package file size reaches the defined threshold for all users on the computer. Sets the threshold package size in bytes.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -MaxPackageSizeInBytes <size in bytes></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Configures the UE-V service to report when a settings package file size reaches the defined threshold. Sets the package size warning threshold for the current user.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SettingsImportNotifyDelayInSeconds</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies the time in seconds before the user is notified for all users of the computer</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SettingsImportNotifyDelayInSeconds</code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Specifies the time in seconds before notification for the current user is sent.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SettingsStoragePath <path to _settings_storage_location></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Defines a per-computer settings storage location for all users of the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SettingsStoragePath <path to _settings_storage_location></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Defines a per-user settings storage location.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SettingsTemplateCatalogPath <path to catalog></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the settings template catalog path for all users of the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SyncMethod <sync method></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the synchronization method for all users of the computer: SyncProvider or None.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SyncMethod <sync method></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the synchronization method for the current user: SyncProvider or None.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -Computer -SyncTimeoutInMilliseconds <timeout in milliseconds></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Sets the synchronization time-out in milliseconds for all users of the computer</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Set-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -SyncTimeoutInMilliseconds <timeout in milliseconds></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Set the synchronization time-out for the current user.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Clear-UevConfiguration -Computer -<setting name></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Clears the specified setting for all users on the computer.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Clear-UevConfiguration -CurrentComputerUser -<setting name></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Clears the specified setting for the current user only.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="even">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Export-UevConfiguration <settings migration file></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Exports the UE-V computer configuration to a settings migration file. The file name extension must be .uev.</p>
|
||||
<p>The <code>Export</code> cmdlet exports all UE-V service settings that are configurable with the <em>Computer</em> parameter.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="odd">
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><code>Import-UevConfiguration <settings migration file></code></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Imports the UE-V computer configuration from a settings migration file. The file name extension must be .uev.</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## To export UE-V package settings and repair UE-V templates with Windows PowerShell
|
||||
|
||||
@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ When you are finished configuring the UE-V service with WMI and Windows PowerShe
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Simply copying the files and folders does not preserve the security settings and
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
To monitor the copy progress, open MySettings.txt with a log viewer such as Trace32.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Grant share-level permissions to the new share. Leave the NTFS file system permissions as they were set by Robocopy.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Enable this configuration using one of these methods:
|
||||
Restart the device to allow the settings to synchronize.
|
||||
|
||||
- >**Note**
|
||||
These methods do not work for pooled virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) environments.
|
||||
These methods do not work for pooled virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) environments.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
>**Note**
|
||||
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The following table explains the trigger events for classic applications and Win
|
||||
<td align="left"><p><strong>Windows Logon</strong></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Application and Windows settings are imported to the local cache from the settings storage location.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>[Asynchronous Windows settings](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md#windows-settings-synchronized-by-default) are applied.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><a href="uev-prepare-for-deployment.md#windows-settings-synchronized-by-default" data-raw-source="[Asynchronous Windows settings](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md#windows-settings-synchronized-by-default)">Asynchronous Windows settings</a> are applied.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Synchronous Windows settings will be applied during the next Windows logon.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Application settings will be applied when the application starts.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
@ -83,19 +83,18 @@ The following table explains the trigger events for classic applications and Win
|
||||
<p></p></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>Application and Windows settings are synchronized between the settings storage location and the local cache.</p>
|
||||
<div class="alert">
|
||||
<strong>Note</strong>
|
||||
<p>Settings changes are not cached locally until an application closes. This trigger will not export changes made to a currently running application.</p>
|
||||
<strong>Note</strong><br/><p>Settings changes are not cached locally until an application closes. This trigger will not export changes made to a currently running application.</p>
|
||||
<p>For Windows settings, this means that any changes will not be cached locally and exported until the next Lock (Asynchronous) or Logoff (Asynchronous and Synchronous).</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p>Settings are applied in these cases:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Asynchronous Windows settings are applied directly.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Application settings are applied when the application starts.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Both asynchronous and synchronous Windows settings are applied during the next Windows logon.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows app (AppX) settings are applied during the next refresh. See [Monitor Application Settings](uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md#monitor-application-settings) for more information.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Windows app (AppX) settings are applied during the next refresh. See <a href="uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md#monitor-application-settings" data-raw-source="[Monitor Application Settings](uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md#monitor-application-settings)">Monitor Application Settings</a> for more information.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul></td>
|
||||
<td align="left"><p>NA</p></td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
@ -107,7 +106,7 @@ The following table explains the trigger events for classic applications and Win
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -123,9 +122,9 @@ The following table explains the trigger events for classic applications and Win
|
||||
|
||||
[Choose the Configuration Method for UE-V](uev-deploy-required-features.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ UE-V monitors when an application opens by the program name and, optionally, by
|
||||
**Note**
|
||||
If you publish the newly created template to the settings template catalog, the client does not receive the template until the sync provider updates the settings. To manually start this process, open **Task Scheduler**, expand **Task Scheduler Library**, expand **Microsoft**, and expand **UE-V**. In the results pane, right-click **Template Auto Update**, and then click **Run**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Start the App-V package.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ UE-V monitors when an application opens by the program name and, optionally, by
|
||||
|
||||
[Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Use the UE-V template generator to edit settings location templates. When the re
|
||||
>**Note**
|
||||
A settings location template is unique because of the template **ID**. If you copy the template and rename the .xml file, template registration fails because UE-V reads the template **ID** tag in the .xml file to determine the name, not the file name of the .xml file. UE-V also reads the **Version** number to know if anything has changed. If the version number is higher, UE-V updates the template.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Open the settings location template file with an XML editor.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Edit the settings location template file. All changes must conform to the UE-V schema file that is defined in [SettingsLocationTempate.xsd](uev-application-template-schema-reference.md). By default, a copy of the .xsd file is located in \\ProgramData\\Microsoft\\UEV\\Templates.
|
||||
@ -157,9 +157,9 @@ Before you deploy any settings location template that you have downloaded from t
|
||||
|
||||
[Use UE-V with custom applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ To add a new item under the browser's **Favorites** list:
|
||||
|
||||
2. In the **Available customizations** pane, select the friendly name that you just created, and in the text field, enter the URL for the item.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, to include the corporate Web site to the list of browser favorites, a company called Contoso can specify **Contoso** as the value for the name and "http://www.contoso.com" for the URL.
|
||||
For example, to include the corporate Web site to the list of browser favorites, a company called Contoso can specify **Contoso** as the value for the name and "<http://www.contoso.com>" for the URL.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## PartnerSearchCode
|
||||
|
@ -211,29 +211,29 @@ UserEnabled | Select **Yes** to show the user setting if RCS is enabled on the d
|
||||
|
||||
### SMS
|
||||
|
||||
Setting | Description
|
||||
--- | ---
|
||||
AckExpirySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for how long to wait for a client ACK before trying to deliver.
|
||||
DefaultMCC | Set the default mobile country code (MCC).
|
||||
Encodings > GSM7BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for the 7-bit GSM default alphabet encoding. Values:</br></br>- Code page value: 55000 (Setting value: 0xD6D8)(Code page: default alphabet)</br>- Code page value: 55001 (Setting value: 0xD6D9)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Spanish)- Code page value: 55002 (Setting value: 0xD6DA)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Portuguese)- Code page value: 55003 (Setting value: 0xD6DB)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Turkish)- Code page value: 55004 (Setting value: 0xD6DC)(Code page: SMS Greek Reduction)
|
||||
Encodings > GSM8BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for GSM 8-bit encoding (OEM set). OEM-created code page IDs should be in the range 55050–55099. For more information, see [Add encoding extension tables for SMS]https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/mobile/mcsf/add-encoding-extension-tables-for-sms).
|
||||
Encodings > OctetEncodingPage | Set the octet (binary) encoding.
|
||||
Encodings > SendUDHNLSS | Set the 7 bit GSM shift table encoding.
|
||||
Encodings > UseASCII | Set the 7 bit ASCII encoding. Used only for CDMA carriers that use 7-bit ASCII encoding instead of GSM 7-bit encoding.
|
||||
Encodings > UseKeyboardLangague | Set whether to use the keyboard language (Portuguese, Spanish, or Turkish) based encoding (set shift table based on keyboard language).
|
||||
IncompleteMsgDeliverySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for long to wait for all parts of multisegment Sprint messages for concatenation.
|
||||
MessageExpirySeconds | Partners can set the expiration time before the phone deletes the received parts of a long SMS message. For example, if the phone is waiting for a three-part SMS message and the first part has been received, the first part will be deleted when the time expires and the other part of the message has not arrived. If the second part of the message arrives before the time expires, the first and second parts of the message will be deleted if the last part does not arrive after the time expires. The expiration time is reset whenever the next part of the long message is received. Set MessageExpirySeconds to the number seconds that the phone should wait before deleting the received parts of a long SMS messages. This value should be in hexadecimal and must be prefixed with 0x. The default value is 0x15180, which is equivalent to 1 day or 86,400 seconds.
|
||||
SmsFragmentLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the user data body of an SMS message. You must set the value between 16 (0x10) and 140 (0x8C). You must also use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message.
|
||||
SmsPageLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message. You must set the value to 255 (0xFF) or smaller. You must also use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the body of the SMS message.
|
||||
SmsStoreDeleteSize | Set the number of messages that can be deleted when a "message full" indication is received from the modem.
|
||||
SprintFragmentInfoInBody | Partners can enable the messaging client to allow users to enter more than 160 characters per message. Messages longer than 160 characters are sent as multiple SMS messages that contain a tag at the beginning of the message in the form "(1/2)", where the first number represents the segment or part number and the second number represents the total number of segments or parts. Multiple messages are limited to 6 total segments. When enabled, the user cannot enter more characters after the 6 total segments limit is reached. Any message received with tags at the beginning is recombined with its corresponding segments and shown as one composite message.
|
||||
Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > ErrorType | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error type that you added as **Transient Failure** or **Permanent Failure**.
|
||||
Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**.
|
||||
Type3GPP > IMS > AttemptThresholdForIMS | Set the maximum number of tries to send SMS on IMS.
|
||||
Type3GPP > IMS > RetryEnabled | Configure whether to enable one automatic retry after failure to send over IMS.
|
||||
Type 3GPP > SmsUse16BitReferenceNumbers | Configure whether to use 8-bit or 16-bit message ID (reference number) in the UDH.
|
||||
Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP2, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**.
|
||||
Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > UseReservedAsPermanent | Set the 3GPP2 permanent error type.
|
||||
| Setting | Description |
|
||||
|----------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| AckExpirySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for how long to wait for a client ACK before trying to deliver. |
|
||||
| DefaultMCC | Set the default mobile country code (MCC). |
|
||||
| Encodings > GSM7BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for the 7-bit GSM default alphabet encoding. Values:</br></br>- Code page value: 55000 (Setting value: 0xD6D8)(Code page: default alphabet)</br>- Code page value: 55001 (Setting value: 0xD6D9)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Spanish)- Code page value: 55002 (Setting value: 0xD6DA)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Portuguese)- Code page value: 55003 (Setting value: 0xD6DB)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Turkish)- Code page value: 55004 (Setting value: 0xD6DC)(Code page: SMS Greek Reduction) |
|
||||
| Encodings > GSM8BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for GSM 8-bit encoding (OEM set). OEM-created code page IDs should be in the range 55050–55099. For more information, see [Add encoding extension tables for SMS]<https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/mobile/mcsf/add-encoding-extension-tables-for-sms>). |
|
||||
| Encodings > OctetEncodingPage | Set the octet (binary) encoding. |
|
||||
| Encodings > SendUDHNLSS | Set the 7 bit GSM shift table encoding. |
|
||||
| Encodings > UseASCII | Set the 7 bit ASCII encoding. Used only for CDMA carriers that use 7-bit ASCII encoding instead of GSM 7-bit encoding. |
|
||||
| Encodings > UseKeyboardLangague | Set whether to use the keyboard language (Portuguese, Spanish, or Turkish) based encoding (set shift table based on keyboard language). |
|
||||
| IncompleteMsgDeliverySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for long to wait for all parts of multisegment Sprint messages for concatenation. |
|
||||
| MessageExpirySeconds | Partners can set the expiration time before the phone deletes the received parts of a long SMS message. For example, if the phone is waiting for a three-part SMS message and the first part has been received, the first part will be deleted when the time expires and the other part of the message has not arrived. If the second part of the message arrives before the time expires, the first and second parts of the message will be deleted if the last part does not arrive after the time expires. The expiration time is reset whenever the next part of the long message is received. Set MessageExpirySeconds to the number seconds that the phone should wait before deleting the received parts of a long SMS messages. This value should be in hexadecimal and must be prefixed with 0x. The default value is 0x15180, which is equivalent to 1 day or 86,400 seconds. |
|
||||
| SmsFragmentLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the user data body of an SMS message. You must set the value between 16 (0x10) and 140 (0x8C). You must also use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message. |
|
||||
| SmsPageLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message. You must set the value to 255 (0xFF) or smaller. You must also use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the body of the SMS message. |
|
||||
| SmsStoreDeleteSize | Set the number of messages that can be deleted when a "message full" indication is received from the modem. |
|
||||
| SprintFragmentInfoInBody | Partners can enable the messaging client to allow users to enter more than 160 characters per message. Messages longer than 160 characters are sent as multiple SMS messages that contain a tag at the beginning of the message in the form "(1/2)", where the first number represents the segment or part number and the second number represents the total number of segments or parts. Multiple messages are limited to 6 total segments. When enabled, the user cannot enter more characters after the 6 total segments limit is reached. Any message received with tags at the beginning is recombined with its corresponding segments and shown as one composite message. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > ErrorType | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error type that you added as **Transient Failure** or **Permanent Failure**. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP > IMS > AttemptThresholdForIMS | Set the maximum number of tries to send SMS on IMS. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP > IMS > RetryEnabled | Configure whether to enable one automatic retry after failure to send over IMS. |
|
||||
| Type 3GPP > SmsUse16BitReferenceNumbers | Configure whether to use 8-bit or 16-bit message ID (reference number) in the UDH. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP2, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > UseReservedAsPermanent | Set the 3GPP2 permanent error type. |
|
||||
|
||||
### UIX
|
||||
|
||||
@ -338,31 +338,26 @@ SuppressDePersoUI | Suppress DePerso UI to unlock Perso. (Removed in Windows 10
|
||||
<span id="general2" />
|
||||
### General
|
||||
|
||||
Setting | Description
|
||||
--- | ---
|
||||
atomicRoamingTableSettings3GPP | If you enable 3GPP roaming, configure the following settings:</br></br>- **Exceptions** maps the SerialNumber key to the Exceptions value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "Exceptions" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (Exceptions). The data in the regvalue is a string representing an MCC-MNC pair, such as "410510" where 410 is the MCC and 510 is the MNC.</br>- **HomePLMN** maps the SerialNumber key to the HomePLMN value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "HomePLMN" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (HomePLMN). The data in the regvalue is a string representing an MCC-MNC pair, such as "410510" where 410 is the MCC and 510 is the MNC.</br>- **TargetImsi** maps the SerialNubmer key to the TargetIMSI value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "TargetImsi" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (TargetImsi). The data in the regvalue is a string representing an MCC-MNC pair, such as "410510" where 410 is the MCC and 510 is the MNC.
|
||||
atomicRoamingTableSettings3GPP2 | If you enable 3GPP2 roaming, configure the following settings:</br></br>- **Home** maps the SerialNumber key to the Home value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "Home" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (Home). The data in the regvalue is a DWORD representing the Roaming Indicator. </br>- **Roaming** maps the SerialNumber key to the Roaming value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "Roaming" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (Roaming). The data in the regvalue is a DWORD representing the Roaming Indicator.
|
||||
AvoidStayingInManualSelection | You can enable permanent automatic mode for mobile networks that require the cellular settings to revert to automatic network selection after the user has manually selected another network when roaming or out of range of the home network.
|
||||
CardAllowList | Define the list of SIM cards allowed in the first slot of a C+G dual SIM phone. This setting is used only if **CardLock** is set to allow it. If **CardLock** is not set, this list is ignored. To configure the list of SIM cards allowed in the first slot, set the value for CardAllowList to a comma-separated MCC:MNC list. You can also use wild cards, represented by an asterisk (*), to accept any value. For example, you can set the value to `310:410,311:*,404:012,310:70`.
|
||||
CardBlockList | Define the list of SIM cards that are not allowed in the first slot of a C+G dual SIM phone. This setting is used only if **CardLock** is set to allow it. If **CardLock** is not set, this list is ignored. To configure the list of SIM cards that are not allowed in the first slot, set the value for CardBlockList to a comma separated MCC:MNC list. You can also use wild cards, represented by an asterisk (*), to accept any value. For example, you can set the value to `310:410,311:*,404:012,310:70`.
|
||||
CardLock | Used to enforce either the card allow list or both the card allow and block lists on a C+G dual SIM phone.
|
||||
Critical > MultivariantProvisionedSPN | Used to change the default friendly SIM names in dual SIM phones. By default, the OS displays SIM 1 or SIM 2 as the default friendly name for the SIM in slot 1 or slot 2 if the service provider name (SPN) or mobile operator name has not been set. Partners can use this setting to change the default name read from the SIM to define the SPN for SIM cards that do not contain this information or to generate the default friendly name for the SIM. The OS uses the default value as the display name for the SIM or SPN in the Start screen and other parts of the UI including the SIM settings screen. For dual SIM phones that contain SIMs from the same mobile operator, the names that appear in the UI may be similar. See [Values for MultivariantProvisionedSPN](#spn).
|
||||
Critical > SimNameWithoutMSISDNENabled | Use this setting to remove the trailing MSISDN digits from the service provider name (SPN) in the phone UI. By default, the OS appends the trailing MSISDN digits to the service provider name (SPN) in the phone UI, including on the phone and messaging apps. If required by mobile operators, OEMs can use the SimNameWithoutMSISDNEnabled setting to remove the trailing MSISDN digits. However, you must use this setting together with **MultivariantProvisionedSPN** to suppress the MSISDN digits.
|
||||
DisableLTESupportWhenRoaming | Set to **Yes** to disable LTE support when roaming.
|
||||
EnableIMSWhenRoaming | Set to **Yes** to enable IMS when roaming.
|
||||
ExcludedSystemTypesByDefault | Set the default value for **Highest connection speed** in the **Settings** > **Cellular & SIM** > **SIM** screen by specifying the bitmask for any combination of radio technology to be excluded from the default value. The connection speed that has not been excluded will show up as the highest connection speed. On dual SIM phones that only support up to 3G connection speeds, the **Highest connection speed** option is replaced by a 3G on/off toggle based on the per-device setting. Enter the binary setting to exclude 4G (`10000`) or 3G (`01000`).
|
||||
LTEEnabled | Select **Yes** to enable LTE, and **No** to disable LTE.
|
||||
LTEForced | Select **Yes** to force LTE.
|
||||
NetworkSuffix | To meet branding requirements for some mobile operators, you can add a suffix to the network name that is displayed on the phone. For example, you can change from ABC to ABC 3G when under 3G coverage. This feature can be applied for any radio access technology (RAT). For TD-SCDMA RAT, a 3G suffix is always appended by default, but partners can also customize this the same way as with any other RAT. In the setting name, set SYSTEMTYPE to the network type that you want to append the network name to and click **Add**:</br></br>- system type 4: 2G (GSM)</br>- system type 8: 3G (UMTS)</br>- system type 16: LTE</br>- system type 32: 3G (TS-SCDMA)</br></br>Select the system type that you added, and enter the network name and suffix that you want displayed.
|
||||
NitzFiltering | For mobile networks that can receive Network Identity and Time Zone (NITZ) information from multiple sources, partners can set the phone to ignore the time received from an LTE network. Time received from a CDMA network is not affected. Set the value of NitzFiltering to `0x10`.
|
||||
OperatorListForExcludedSystemTypes | Enter a comma-separated list of MCC and MNC (MCC:MNC) for which system types should be restricted. For mobile operators that require more control over the system types that their phones use to connect to the mobile operators' networks, OEMs can specify the MCC and MNC of other specific operators that the main mobile operator wishes to limit. If the UICC's MCC and MNC matches any of the pairs that OEMs can specify for the operator, a specified RIL system type will be removed from the UICC regardless of its app types, slot position, or executor mapping. This setting is used only for China. OEMs should not use this setting unless required by the mobile operator. Set the value of the OperatorListForExcludedSystemTypes setting a comma separated list of MCC:MNC pairs for which the system types should be restricted. For example, the value can be set to 310:026,310:030 to restrict operators with an MCC:MNC of 310:026 and 310:030. (Removed in Windows 10, version 1803.)
|
||||
OperatorPreferredForFasterRadio | Set Issuer Identification Number (IIN) or partial ICCID of preferred operator for the faster radio. For mobile operators that require more control over the system types that their phones use to connect to the mobile operators' networks, OEMs can map a partial ICCID or an Industry Identification Number (IIN) to the faster radio regardless of which SIM card is chosen for data connectivity. This setting is used only for China. OEMs should not use this setting unless required by the mobile operator. To map a partial ICCID or an IIN to the faster radio regardless of which SIM card is chosen for data connectivity, set the value of OperatorPreferredForFasterRadio to match the IIN or the ICCID, up to 7 digits, of the preferred operator. (Removed in Windows 10, version 1803.)
|
||||
SuggestDataRoamingARD | Use to show the data roaming suggestion dialog when roaming and the data roaming setting is set to no roaming.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
| Setting | Description |
|
||||
|----------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| atomicRoamingTableSettings3GPP | If you enable 3GPP roaming, configure the following settings:</br></br>- **Exceptions** maps the SerialNumber key to the Exceptions value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "Exceptions" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (Exceptions). The data in the regvalue is a string representing an MCC-MNC pair, such as "410510" where 410 is the MCC and 510 is the MNC.</br>- **HomePLMN** maps the SerialNumber key to the HomePLMN value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "HomePLMN" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (HomePLMN). The data in the regvalue is a string representing an MCC-MNC pair, such as "410510" where 410 is the MCC and 510 is the MNC.</br>- **TargetImsi** maps the SerialNubmer key to the TargetIMSI value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "TargetImsi" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (TargetImsi). The data in the regvalue is a string representing an MCC-MNC pair, such as "410510" where 410 is the MCC and 510 is the MNC. |
|
||||
| atomicRoamingTableSettings3GPP2 | If you enable 3GPP2 roaming, configure the following settings:</br></br>- **Home** maps the SerialNumber key to the Home value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "Home" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (Home). The data in the regvalue is a DWORD representing the Roaming Indicator. </br>- **Roaming** maps the SerialNumber key to the Roaming value. The wildcard, $(SerialNumber), is a 3-digit decimal serial number (000 through 999) represented as a string. The wildcard is used as a regvalue under the "Roaming" subkey. Multiple reg values in this form may be configured or customized by the OEM, all placed under the same subkey (Roaming). The data in the regvalue is a DWORD representing the Roaming Indicator. |
|
||||
| AvoidStayingInManualSelection | You can enable permanent automatic mode for mobile networks that require the cellular settings to revert to automatic network selection after the user has manually selected another network when roaming or out of range of the home network. |
|
||||
| CardAllowList | Define the list of SIM cards allowed in the first slot of a C+G dual SIM phone. This setting is used only if **CardLock** is set to allow it. If **CardLock** is not set, this list is ignored. To configure the list of SIM cards allowed in the first slot, set the value for CardAllowList to a comma-separated MCC:MNC list. You can also use wild cards, represented by an asterisk (*), to accept any value. For example, you can set the value to \`310:410,311:*,404:012,310:70\`. |
|
||||
| CardBlockList | Define the list of SIM cards that are not allowed in the first slot of a C+G dual SIM phone. This setting is used only if **CardLock** is set to allow it. If **CardLock** is not set, this list is ignored. To configure the list of SIM cards that are not allowed in the first slot, set the value for CardBlockList to a comma separated MCC:MNC list. You can also use wild cards, represented by an asterisk (*), to accept any value. For example, you can set the value to \`310:410,311:*,404:012,310:70\`. |
|
||||
| CardLock | Used to enforce either the card allow list or both the card allow and block lists on a C+G dual SIM phone. |
|
||||
| Critical > MultivariantProvisionedSPN | Used to change the default friendly SIM names in dual SIM phones. By default, the OS displays SIM 1 or SIM 2 as the default friendly name for the SIM in slot 1 or slot 2 if the service provider name (SPN) or mobile operator name has not been set. Partners can use this setting to change the default name read from the SIM to define the SPN for SIM cards that do not contain this information or to generate the default friendly name for the SIM. The OS uses the default value as the display name for the SIM or SPN in the Start screen and other parts of the UI including the SIM settings screen. For dual SIM phones that contain SIMs from the same mobile operator, the names that appear in the UI may be similar. See [Values for MultivariantProvisionedSPN](#spn). |
|
||||
| Critical > SimNameWithoutMSISDNENabled | Use this setting to remove the trailing MSISDN digits from the service provider name (SPN) in the phone UI. By default, the OS appends the trailing MSISDN digits to the service provider name (SPN) in the phone UI, including on the phone and messaging apps. If required by mobile operators, OEMs can use the SimNameWithoutMSISDNEnabled setting to remove the trailing MSISDN digits. However, you must use this setting together with **MultivariantProvisionedSPN** to suppress the MSISDN digits. |
|
||||
| DisableLTESupportWhenRoaming | Set to **Yes** to disable LTE support when roaming. |
|
||||
| EnableIMSWhenRoaming | Set to **Yes** to enable IMS when roaming. |
|
||||
| ExcludedSystemTypesByDefault | Set the default value for **Highest connection speed** in the **Settings** > **Cellular & SIM** > **SIM** screen by specifying the bitmask for any combination of radio technology to be excluded from the default value. The connection speed that has not been excluded will show up as the highest connection speed. On dual SIM phones that only support up to 3G connection speeds, the **Highest connection speed** option is replaced by a 3G on/off toggle based on the per-device setting. Enter the binary setting to exclude 4G (`10000`) or 3G (`01000`). |
|
||||
| LTEEnabled | Select **Yes** to enable LTE, and **No** to disable LTE. |
|
||||
| LTEForced | Select **Yes** to force LTE. |
|
||||
| NetworkSuffix | To meet branding requirements for some mobile operators, you can add a suffix to the network name that is displayed on the phone. For example, you can change from ABC to ABC 3G when under 3G coverage. This feature can be applied for any radio access technology (RAT). For TD-SCDMA RAT, a 3G suffix is always appended by default, but partners can also customize this the same way as with any other RAT. In the setting name, set SYSTEMTYPE to the network type that you want to append the network name to and click **Add**:</br></br>- system type 4: 2G (GSM)</br>- system type 8: 3G (UMTS)</br>- system type 16: LTE</br>- system type 32: 3G (TS-SCDMA)</br></br>Select the system type that you added, and enter the network name and suffix that you want displayed. |
|
||||
| NitzFiltering | For mobile networks that can receive Network Identity and Time Zone (NITZ) information from multiple sources, partners can set the phone to ignore the time received from an LTE network. Time received from a CDMA network is not affected. Set the value of NitzFiltering to `0x10`. |
|
||||
| OperatorListForExcludedSystemTypes | Enter a comma-separated list of MCC and MNC (MCC:MNC) for which system types should be restricted. For mobile operators that require more control over the system types that their phones use to connect to the mobile operators' networks, OEMs can specify the MCC and MNC of other specific operators that the main mobile operator wishes to limit. If the UICC's MCC and MNC matches any of the pairs that OEMs can specify for the operator, a specified RIL system type will be removed from the UICC regardless of its app types, slot position, or executor mapping. This setting is used only for China. OEMs should not use this setting unless required by the mobile operator. Set the value of the OperatorListForExcludedSystemTypes setting a comma separated list of MCC:MNC pairs for which the system types should be restricted. For example, the value can be set to 310:026,310:030 to restrict operators with an MCC:MNC of 310:026 and 310:030. (Removed in Windows 10, version 1803.) |
|
||||
| OperatorPreferredForFasterRadio | Set Issuer Identification Number (IIN) or partial ICCID of preferred operator for the faster radio. For mobile operators that require more control over the system types that their phones use to connect to the mobile operators' networks, OEMs can map a partial ICCID or an Industry Identification Number (IIN) to the faster radio regardless of which SIM card is chosen for data connectivity. This setting is used only for China. OEMs should not use this setting unless required by the mobile operator. To map a partial ICCID or an IIN to the faster radio regardless of which SIM card is chosen for data connectivity, set the value of OperatorPreferredForFasterRadio to match the IIN or the ICCID, up to 7 digits, of the preferred operator. (Removed in Windows 10, version 1803.) |
|
||||
| SuggestDataRoamingARD | Use to show the data roaming suggestion dialog when roaming and the data roaming setting is set to no roaming. |
|
||||
|
||||
<span id="rcs2" />
|
||||
### RCS
|
||||
@ -374,27 +369,26 @@ See descriptions in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
<span id="sms2" />
|
||||
### SMS
|
||||
|
||||
Setting | Description
|
||||
--- | ---
|
||||
AckExpirySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for how long to wait for a client ACK before trying to deliver.
|
||||
DefaultMCC | Set the default mobile country code (MCC).
|
||||
Encodings > GSM7BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for the 7-bit GSM default alphabet encoding. Values:</br></br>- Code page value: 55000 (Setting value: 0xD6D8)(Code page: default alphabet)</br>- Code page value: 55001 (Setting value: 0xD6D9)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Spanish)- Code page value: 55002 (Setting value: 0xD6DA)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Portuguese)- Code page value: 55003 (Setting value: 0xD6DB)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Turkish)- Code page value: 55004 (Setting value: 0xD6DC)(Code page: SMS Greek Reduction)
|
||||
Encodings > GSM8BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for GSM 8-bit encoding (OEM set). OEM-created code page IDs should be in the range 55050–55099. For more information, see [Add encoding extension tables for SMS]https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/mobile/mcsf/add-encoding-extension-tables-for-sms).
|
||||
Encodings > OctetEncodingPage | Set the octet (binary) encoding.
|
||||
Encodings > SendUDHNLSS | Set the 7 bit GSM shift table encoding.
|
||||
Encodings > UseASCII | Set the 7 bit ASCII encoding. Used only for CDMA carriers that use 7-bit ASCII encoding instead of GSM 7-bit encoding.
|
||||
Encodings > UseKeyboardLangague | Set whether to use the keyboard language (Portuguese, Spanish, or Turkish) based encoding (set shift table based on keyboard language).
|
||||
IncompleteMsgDeliverySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for long to wait for all parts of multisegment Sprint messages for concatenation.
|
||||
MessageExpirySeconds | Partners can set the expiration time before the phone deletes the received parts of a long SMS message. For example, if the phone is waiting for a three-part SMS message and the first part has been received, the first part will be deleted when the time expires and the other part of the message has not arrived. If the second part of the message arrives before the time expires, the first and second parts of the message will be deleted if the last part does not arrive after the time expires. The expiration time is reset whenever the next part of the long message is received. Set MessageExpirySeconds to the number seconds that the phone should wait before deleting the received parts of a long SMS messages. This value should be in hexadecimal and must be prefixed with 0x. The default value is 0x15180, which is equivalent to 1 day or 86,400 seconds.
|
||||
SmsFragmentLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the user data body of an SMS message. You must set the value between 16 (0x10) and 140 (0x8C). You must also use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message.
|
||||
SmsPageLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message. You must set the value to 255 (0xFF) or smaller. You must also use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the body of the SMS message.
|
||||
SprintFragmentInfoInBody | Partners can enable the messaging client to allow users to enter more than 160 characters per message. Messages longer than 160 characters are sent as multiple SMS messages that contain a tag at the beginning of the message in the form "(1/2)", where the first number represents the segment or part number and the second number represents the total number of segments or parts. Multiple messages are limited to 6 total segments. When enabled, the user cannot enter more characters after the 6 total segments limit is reached. Any message received with tags at the beginning is recombined with its corresponding segments and shown as one composite message.
|
||||
Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > ErrorType | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error type that you added as **Transient Failure** or **Permanent Failure**.
|
||||
Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**.
|
||||
Type3GPP > IMS > SmsUse16BitReferenceNumbers | Configure whether to use 8-bit or 16-bit message ID (reference number) in the UDH.
|
||||
Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP2, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**.
|
||||
Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > UseReservedAsPermanent | Set the 3GPP2 permanent error type.
|
||||
|
||||
| Setting | Description |
|
||||
|----------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| AckExpirySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for how long to wait for a client ACK before trying to deliver. |
|
||||
| DefaultMCC | Set the default mobile country code (MCC). |
|
||||
| Encodings > GSM7BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for the 7-bit GSM default alphabet encoding. Values:</br></br>- Code page value: 55000 (Setting value: 0xD6D8)(Code page: default alphabet)</br>- Code page value: 55001 (Setting value: 0xD6D9)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Spanish)- Code page value: 55002 (Setting value: 0xD6DA)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Portuguese)- Code page value: 55003 (Setting value: 0xD6DB)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Turkish)- Code page value: 55004 (Setting value: 0xD6DC)(Code page: SMS Greek Reduction) |
|
||||
| Encodings > GSM8BitEncodingPage | Enter the code page value for GSM 8-bit encoding (OEM set). OEM-created code page IDs should be in the range 55050–55099. For more information, see [Add encoding extension tables for SMS]<https://docs.microsoft.com/windows-hardware/customize/mobile/mcsf/add-encoding-extension-tables-for-sms>). |
|
||||
| Encodings > OctetEncodingPage | Set the octet (binary) encoding. |
|
||||
| Encodings > SendUDHNLSS | Set the 7 bit GSM shift table encoding. |
|
||||
| Encodings > UseASCII | Set the 7 bit ASCII encoding. Used only for CDMA carriers that use 7-bit ASCII encoding instead of GSM 7-bit encoding. |
|
||||
| Encodings > UseKeyboardLangague | Set whether to use the keyboard language (Portuguese, Spanish, or Turkish) based encoding (set shift table based on keyboard language). |
|
||||
| IncompleteMsgDeliverySeconds | Set the value, in seconds, for long to wait for all parts of multisegment Sprint messages for concatenation. |
|
||||
| MessageExpirySeconds | Partners can set the expiration time before the phone deletes the received parts of a long SMS message. For example, if the phone is waiting for a three-part SMS message and the first part has been received, the first part will be deleted when the time expires and the other part of the message has not arrived. If the second part of the message arrives before the time expires, the first and second parts of the message will be deleted if the last part does not arrive after the time expires. The expiration time is reset whenever the next part of the long message is received. Set MessageExpirySeconds to the number seconds that the phone should wait before deleting the received parts of a long SMS messages. This value should be in hexadecimal and must be prefixed with 0x. The default value is 0x15180, which is equivalent to 1 day or 86,400 seconds. |
|
||||
| SmsFragmentLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the user data body of an SMS message. You must set the value between 16 (0x10) and 140 (0x8C). You must also use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message. |
|
||||
| SmsPageLimit | Partners can specify a maximum length for SMS messages. This requires setting both the maximum number of SMS fragments per SMS message, from 1 to 255, and the maximum size in bytes of each SMS fragment, from 16 to 140 bytes. Use SmsPageLimit to set the maximum number of segments in a concatenated SMS message. You must set the value to 255 (0xFF) or smaller. You must also use SmsFragmentLimit to set the maximum number of bytes in the body of the SMS message. |
|
||||
| SprintFragmentInfoInBody | Partners can enable the messaging client to allow users to enter more than 160 characters per message. Messages longer than 160 characters are sent as multiple SMS messages that contain a tag at the beginning of the message in the form "(1/2)", where the first number represents the segment or part number and the second number represents the total number of segments or parts. Multiple messages are limited to 6 total segments. When enabled, the user cannot enter more characters after the 6 total segments limit is reached. Any message received with tags at the beginning is recombined with its corresponding segments and shown as one composite message. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > ErrorType | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error type that you added as **Transient Failure** or **Permanent Failure**. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP > IMS > SmsUse16BitReferenceNumbers | Configure whether to use 8-bit or 16-bit message ID (reference number) in the UDH. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > FriendlyErrorClass | Enter a name for ERRORCODE3GPP2, and click **Add**. Configure the error class that you added as **generic error**, **invalid recepient address**, or **network connectivity trouble**. |
|
||||
| Type3GPP2 > ErrorHandling > UseReservedAsPermanent | Set the 3GPP2 permanent error type. |
|
||||
|
||||
<span id="utk2" />
|
||||
### UTK
|
||||
@ -448,4 +442,4 @@ No|Yes|Yes|If SPN string >= 12: *SPN*1234</br></br>If SPN string < 12: *SPN*" "1
|
||||
No|No|No|*SIM 1* or *SIM 2*
|
||||
No|Yes|No|SPN (up to 16 characters)
|
||||
No|No|Yes|*SIM 1* or *SIM 2*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ Enable Home Button | Show a Home button in Kiosk Browser. Home will return the b
|
||||
Enable Navigation Buttons | Show forward and back buttons in Kiosk Browser.
|
||||
Restart on Idle Time | Specify when Kiosk Browser should restart in a fresh state after an amount of idle time since the last user interaction.
|
||||
|
||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
>To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
|
||||
>
|
||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
||||
> To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
|
||||
>
|
||||
> 1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
>2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18).
|
||||
>3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com).
|
||||
>4. Save the XML file.
|
||||
>5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
>6. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
|
||||
> 2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18).
|
||||
> 3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com).
|
||||
> 4. Save the XML file.
|
||||
> 5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
|
||||
> 6. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
|
||||
|
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ This section describes the **Policies** settings that you can configure in [prov
|
||||
| [DefaultAssociationsConfiguration](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationdefaults-defaultassociationsconfiguration) | Set default file type and protocol associations | X | | | | |
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
##ApplicationManagement
|
||||
## ApplicationManagement
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
| Setting | Description | Desktop editions | Mobile editions | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
|
||||
@ -511,55 +511,54 @@ ConfigureTelemetryOptInSettingsUx | This policy setting determines whether peopl
|
||||
|
||||
## Update
|
||||
|
||||
| Setting | Description | Desktop editions | Mobile editions | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
|
||||
| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
|
||||
| [ActiveHoursEnd](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursend) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursStart** to manage the range of active hours where update rboots are not scheduled. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [ActiveHoursMaxRange](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursmaxrange) | Specify the maximum active hours range. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [ActiveHoursStart](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursstart) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursEnd** to manage the range of active hours where update reboots are not scheduled. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AllowAutoUpdate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowautoupdate) | Configure automatic update behavior to scan, download, and install updates. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [AllowAutoWindowsUpdateDownloadOverMeteredNetwork](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-allowautowindowsupdatedownloadovermeterednetwork)| Option to download updates automatically over metered connections (off by default). Enter `0` for not allowed, or `1` for allowed. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AllowMUUpdateService](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowmuupdateservice) | Manage whether to scan for app updates from Microsoft Update. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [AllowNonMicrosoftSignedUpdate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allownonmicrosoftsignedupdate) | Manage whether Automatic Updates accepts updates signed by entities other than Microsoft when the update is found at the UpdateServiceUrl location. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AllowUpdateService](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowupdateservice) | Specify whether the device can use Microsoft Update, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), or Microsoft Store. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDays](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindays) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDaysForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindaysforfeatureupdates) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartNotificationSchedule](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartnotificationschedule) | Specify the period for auto-restart reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartRequiredNotificationDismissal](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartrequirednotificationdismissal) | Specify the method by which the auto-restart required notification is dismissed. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [BranchReadinessLevel](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-branchreadinesslevel) | Select which branch a device receives their updates from. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DeferFeatureUpdatesPeriodInDays](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferfeatureupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Feature Updates for the specified number of days. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [DeferQualityUpdatesPeriodInDays](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferqualityupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Quality Updates for the specified number of days. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [DeferUpdatePeriod](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupdateperiod) | Specify update delays for up to 4 weeks. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DeferUpgradePeriod](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupgradeperiod) |Specify upgrade delays for up to 8 months. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DetectionFrequency](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-detectionfrequency) | Specify the frequency to scan for updates, from every 1-22 hours. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DisableDualScan](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-disabledualscan) | Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartDeadline](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadline) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadlineforfeatureupdates) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartSnoozeSchedule](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozeschedule) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozescheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartTransitionSchedule](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionschedule) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionscheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [ExcludeWUDriversInQualityUpdate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-excludewudriversinqualityupdate) | Exclude Windws Update (WU) drivers during quality updates. | X | | X | | X |
|
||||
| [FillEmptyContentUrls](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-fillemptycontenturls) | Allow Windows Update Agent to determine the download URL when it is missing from the metadata. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| ManagePreviewBuilds | Use to enable or disable preview builds. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| PhoneUpdateRestrictions | Deprecated | | X | | | |
|
||||
| [RequireDeferUpgrade](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-requiredeferupgrade) | Configure device to receive updates from Current Branch for Business (CBB). | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallDay](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstallday) | Schedule the day for update installation. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallEveryWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstalleveryweek) | To schedule update installation every week, set the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallFirstWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfirstweek) | To schedule update installation the first week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallFourthWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfourthweek) | To schedule update installation the fourth week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallSecondWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallsecondweek) | To schedule update installation the second week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallThirdWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallthirdweek) | To schedule update installation the third week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallTime](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstalltime) | Schedule the time for update installation. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduleImminentRestartWarning](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduleimminentrestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart imminent warning notifications. | X | X | X | | X ||
|
||||
| [ScheduleRestartWarning](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-schedulerestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart warning reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetAutoRestartNotificationDisable](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setautorestartnotificationdisable) | Disable auto-restart notifications for update installations. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetDisablePauseUXAccess](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisablepauseuxaccess) | Disable access to scan Windows Update. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetDisableUXWUAccess](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisableuxwuaccess) | Disable the **Pause updates** feature. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetEDURestart](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setedurestart) | Skip the check for battery level to ensure that the reboot will happen at ScheduledInstallTime. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| UpdateNotificationLevel | Specify whether to enable or disable Windows Update notifications, including restart warnings. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [UpdateServiceUrl](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurl) | Configure the device to check for updates from a WSUS server instead of Microsoft Update. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [UpdateServiceUrlAlternate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurlalternate) | Specify an alternate intranet server to host updates from Microsoft Update. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
|
||||
| Setting | Description | Desktop editions | Mobile editions | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|:----------------:|:---------------:|:-----------:|:--------:|:--------:|
|
||||
| [ActiveHoursEnd](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursend) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursStart** to manage the range of active hours where update rboots are not scheduled. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [ActiveHoursMaxRange](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursmaxrange) | Specify the maximum active hours range. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [ActiveHoursStart](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursstart) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursEnd** to manage the range of active hours where update reboots are not scheduled. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AllowAutoUpdate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowautoupdate) | Configure automatic update behavior to scan, download, and install updates. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [AllowAutoWindowsUpdateDownloadOverMeteredNetwork](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-allowautowindowsupdatedownloadovermeterednetwork) | Option to download updates automatically over metered connections (off by default). Enter `0` for not allowed, or `1` for allowed. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AllowMUUpdateService](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowmuupdateservice) | Manage whether to scan for app updates from Microsoft Update. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [AllowNonMicrosoftSignedUpdate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allownonmicrosoftsignedupdate) | Manage whether Automatic Updates accepts updates signed by entities other than Microsoft when the update is found at the UpdateServiceUrl location. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AllowUpdateService](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowupdateservice) | Specify whether the device can use Microsoft Update, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), or Microsoft Store. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDays](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindays) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDaysForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindaysforfeatureupdates) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartNotificationSchedule](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartnotificationschedule) | Specify the period for auto-restart reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [AutoRestartRequiredNotificationDismissal](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartrequirednotificationdismissal) | Specify the method by which the auto-restart required notification is dismissed. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [BranchReadinessLevel](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-branchreadinesslevel) | Select which branch a device receives their updates from. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DeferFeatureUpdatesPeriodInDays](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferfeatureupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Feature Updates for the specified number of days. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [DeferQualityUpdatesPeriodInDays](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferqualityupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Quality Updates for the specified number of days. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [DeferUpdatePeriod](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupdateperiod) | Specify update delays for up to 4 weeks. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DeferUpgradePeriod](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupgradeperiod) | Specify upgrade delays for up to 8 months. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DetectionFrequency](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-detectionfrequency) | Specify the frequency to scan for updates, from every 1-22 hours. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [DisableDualScan](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-disabledualscan) | Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartDeadline](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadline) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadlineforfeatureupdates) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartSnoozeSchedule](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozeschedule) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozescheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartTransitionSchedule](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionschedule) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionscheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [ExcludeWUDriversInQualityUpdate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-excludewudriversinqualityupdate) | Exclude Windws Update (WU) drivers during quality updates. | X | | X | | X |
|
||||
| [FillEmptyContentUrls](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-fillemptycontenturls) | Allow Windows Update Agent to determine the download URL when it is missing from the metadata. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| ManagePreviewBuilds | Use to enable or disable preview builds. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| PhoneUpdateRestrictions | Deprecated | | X | | | |
|
||||
| [RequireDeferUpgrade](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-requiredeferupgrade) | Configure device to receive updates from Current Branch for Business (CBB). | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallDay](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstallday) | Schedule the day for update installation. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallEveryWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstalleveryweek) | To schedule update installation every week, set the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallFirstWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfirstweek) | To schedule update installation the first week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallFourthWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfourthweek) | To schedule update installation the fourth week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallSecondWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallsecondweek) | To schedule update installation the second week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallThirdWeek](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallthirdweek) | To schedule update installation the third week of the month, see the value as `1`. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduledInstallTime](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstalltime) | Schedule the time for update installation. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduleImminentRestartWarning](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduleimminentrestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart imminent warning notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [ScheduleRestartWarning](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-schedulerestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart warning reminder notifications. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetAutoRestartNotificationDisable](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setautorestartnotificationdisable) | Disable auto-restart notifications for update installations. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetDisablePauseUXAccess](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisablepauseuxaccess) | Disable access to scan Windows Update. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetDisableUXWUAccess](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisableuxwuaccess) | Disable the **Pause updates** feature. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [SetEDURestart](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setedurestart) | Skip the check for battery level to ensure that the reboot will happen at ScheduledInstallTime. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| UpdateNotificationLevel | Specify whether to enable or disable Windows Update notifications, including restart warnings. | X | X | X | | X |
|
||||
| [UpdateServiceUrl](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurl) | Configure the device to check for updates from a WSUS server instead of Microsoft Update. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
| [UpdateServiceUrlAlternate](https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurlalternate) | Specify an alternate intranet server to host updates from Microsoft Update. | X | X | X | X | X |
|
||||
|
||||
## WiFi
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ When set to True, students can print in the Take A Test app.
|
||||
|
||||
Enter the account to use when taking a test.
|
||||
|
||||
To specify a domain account, enter **domain\user**. To specify an AAD account, enter **username@tenant.com**. To specify a local account, enter the username.
|
||||
To specify a domain account, enter **domain\user**. To specify an AAD account, enter <strong>username@tenant.com</strong>. To specify a local account, enter the username.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Related topics
|
||||
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The following table lists the different parts of Start and any applicable policy
|
||||
|
||||
[Learn how to customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
||||
|
||||
## Taskbar options
|
||||
## Taskbar options
|
||||
|
||||
Starting in Windows 10, version 1607, you can pin additional apps to the taskbar and remove default pinned apps from the taskbar. You can specify different taskbar configurations based on device locale or region.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ There are three categories of apps that might be pinned to a taskbar:
|
||||
* Default Windows apps, pinned during operating system installation (Microsoft Edge, File Explorer, Store)
|
||||
* Apps pinned by the enterprise, such as in an unattended Windows setup
|
||||
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>We recommend using [the layoutmodification.xml method](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to configure taskbar options, rather than the earlier method of using [TaskbarLinks](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=761230) in an unattended Windows setup file.
|
||||
>[!NOTE]
|
||||
>We recommend using [the layoutmodification.xml method](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to configure taskbar options, rather than the earlier method of using [TaskbarLinks](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=761230) in an unattended Windows setup file.
|
||||
|
||||
The following example shows how apps will be pinned - Windows default apps to the left (blue circle), apps pinned by the user in the center (orange triangle), and apps that you pin using XML to the right (green square).
|
||||
|
||||
|
Reference in New Issue
Block a user